KIDS STUFF INC
SB-2/A, 1998-12-02
CATALOG & MAIL-ORDER HOUSES
Previous: CTG RESOURCES INC, 10-K405, 1998-12-02
Next: YOUNG & RUBICAM INC, SC 13D, 1998-12-02



   
    As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 2, 1998
                                                      Registration No. 333-61463
    


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

   
                                 AMENDMENT NO. 2
                                       TO
    
                                    FORM SB-2
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                      UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


                                KIDS STUFF, INC.
                 (Name of small business issuer in its charter)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                      <C>                                  <C>       
               Delaware                                  5961                                 34-1843520
    (State or other jurisdiction of          (Primary Standard Industrial          (I.R.S. Employer Identification
             organization)                     Classification Code No.)                          No.)
</TABLE>

                   4450 Belden Village Street, N.W., Suite 406
                               Canton, Ohio 44718
                                 (330) 492-8090
        (Address and telephone number of principal executive offices and
                         principal place of business.)

                   William L. Miller, Chief Executive Officer
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                   4450 Belden Village Street, N.W., Suite 406
                               Canton, Ohio 44718
                                 (330) 492-8090
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                                   Copies to:
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                    <C> 
                  Steven Morse, Esq.                                   Michael Ference, Esq.
                  Lester Morse P.C.                                    Lampert & Ference
                  111 Great Neck Road                                  135 West 50th Street, 20th Fl.
                  Suite 420                                            New York, NY 10020
                  Great Neck, NY 11021                                 (212) 889-7300
                  (516) 487-1446                                       (212) 889-5732
    
                  (516) 487-1452 (fax)
</TABLE>

Approximate  date  of  commencement  of  proposed  sale  to  public:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the  securities  being  registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous  basis,  pursuant to Rule 415 under the  Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: | x |

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number of the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering: o

If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the  Securities  Act,  check  the  following  box and  list the  Securities  Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering: o

                                        i

<PAGE>
     If delivery of the  prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box: o

                                       ii

<PAGE>
         The registrant hereby amends this  registration  statement on such date
or dates as may be necessary to delay its  effective  date until the  registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically  states that this registration
statement shall  thereafter  become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or until the  registration  statement  shall become
effective on such date as the Commission,  acting pursuant to said Section 8(a),
may determine.

         Pursuant to Rule 429, this  Registration  Statement is a Post-Effective
Amendment to Form SB-2 Registration  Statement,  File No. 333-19423 with respect
to 2,400,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of a like number of
Class A Warrants and 60,000 shares of Common Stock  issuable upon exercise of an
Underwriters'  Purchase  Option.  However,  the Prospectus  does not include the
aforesaid  60,000 shares at the present time since there is no current intent to
exercise  the  Underwriters'  Purchase  Option at the date of the filing of this
Registration  Statement  although  it may do so in a  subsequent  post-effective
amendment.



                                       iii

<PAGE>
Calculation of Registration Fee
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                     Proposed                   Proposed
Title of Each                                                         Maximum                    Maximum           Amount of
Class of Securities                                 Amount           Offering                  Aggregate        Registration
Being Registered                                     to be              Price                   Offering                 Fee
                                                Registered           Per Unit                  Price (1)

<S>                                                <C>                  <C>                    <C>                   <C>    
Units, each Unit consisting of one                 460,000              $5.50                  2,530,000             $746.35
share of Series 1 Preferred Stock
and two Series 1 Preferred Stock
Purchase Warrants (4)

Series 1 Preferred Stock included                  460,000                 --                         --               --(3)
in the Units

Preferred Warrants included in the                 920,000                 --                         --                  --
Units

Series 1 Preferred Stock underlying                920,000               6.00                  5,520,000            1,628.40
Preferred Warrants

Underwriters' Warrants to                           40,000               .001                         40                 .01
purchase Units

   
Units underlying Underwriters'                      40,000              9.075                    363,000              107.09
Warrant

Series 1 Preferred Stock issuable                   80,000               9.90                    792,000              233.64
                                                                                                 -------              ------      
upon exercise of Preferred
    
Warrants underlying Underwriters'
Warrants
   
                                  Total                                                       $9,205,040           $2,715.49
    
                                                                                                                         (2)
</TABLE>

- --------------

     (1)  Estimated  solely for purposes of  determining  the  registration  fee
pursuant to Rule 457 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

   
     (2) Previously paid $2,663.86; $51.63 paid with this filing.
    

     (3) No fee is required under Rule 457(g).

     (4) Includes 60,000 Units subject to an Over-Allotment option.

                                       iv

<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

     Cross-Reference   Sheet  Showing  Location  in  Prospectus  of  Information
Required by Items in Part I of Form SB-2
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



               Registration Statement
              Item Number and Caption                        Location in Prospectus


<S>                                                          <C>                                                                   
1.       Front of Registration Statement and                 Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus
         Outside Front Cover of Prospectus

2.       Inside Front and Outside Back Cover                 Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
         Pages of Prospectus                                 Prospectus; Additional Information

3.       Summary Information and Risk Factors                Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors

4.       Use of Proceeds                                     Use of Proceeds

5.       Determination of Offering Price                     Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting

6.       Dilution                                            Not Applicable

7.       Selling Securityholders                             Not Applicable

8.       Plan of Distribution                                Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriting

9.       Legal Proceedings                                   Business - Legal Proceedings

10.      Directors, Executive Officers, Promoters
         and Control Persons                                 Management

11.      Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial
         Owners and Management                               Principal Stockholders

12.      Description of Securities                           Description of Securities; Dividends

13.      Interest of Named Experts and Counsel               Experts and Legal Matters

14.      Disclosure of Commission Position on
         Indemnification for Securities Act
         Liabilities                                         Not Applicable

15.      Organization Within Last Five Years                 Not Applicable

16.      Description of Business                             Prospectus Summary; Business

17.      Management's Discussion and Analysis or             Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
         Plan of Operation                                   Condition and Results of Operations

18.      Description of Property                             Business

19.      Certain Relationships and Related
         Transactions                                        Certain Transactions

20.      Market for Common Equity and Related                Risk Factors; Unregistered Shares Eligible for
         Stockholder Matters                                 Immediate and Future Sale; Description of Securities

21.      Executive Compensation                              Management - Executive Compensation

22.      Financial Statements                                Financial Statements

23.      Changes in and Disagreements with
         Accountants on Accounting and Financial
         Disclosure                                          Not Applicable
</TABLE>



                                        v

<PAGE>
   
                 PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS DATED DECEMBER __, 1998
    

PROSPECTUS
                                  400,000 Units
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

         Kids Stuff,  Inc. (the "Company") is offering (the "Offering") for sale
400,000  Units,  each Unit  consisting of one share of Series 1 Preferred  Stock
(the  "Series 1  Preferred  Stock" or the  "Shares")  and two Series 1 Preferred
Stock Purchase Warrants (the "Preferred Warrants"). The estimated offering price
will range from $5.00 to $5.50 per Unit. This Prospectus contains an assumed and
estimated  offering price of $5.00 per Unit.  The Shares and Preferred  Warrants
shall be immediately  detachable and separately  transferable from each other at
any time commencing on the date of this  Prospectus.  Commencing April 30, 1999,
each share of Series 1  Preferred  Share is  entitled  to  receive a  cumulative
annual  dividend of $.45 per share in cash or Common Stock on April 30th of each
year.  Commencing  18  months  from the date of this  Prospectus,  the  Series 1
Preferred  Stock is  redeemable  at the option of the Company at $7.20 per share
and is  convertible  into  _____  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock.  Each
Preferred  Warrant  entitles  the  holder  to  purchase  one  share of  Series 1
Preferred Stock at a price of $6.00, commencing ______, 2000 (18 months from the
date of this Prospectus) and expiring _______,  2001 (36 months from the date of
this Prospectus).  If the Company elects to redeem the Series 1 Preferred Stock,
the Preferred Warrants shall be contemporaneously redeemed at $1.20 per Warrant.
See "Description of Securities."

                            (continued on next page)

     THESE SECURITIES  INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK AS DESCRIBED HEREIN.  FOR A
DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN  MATERIAL  FACTORS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN CONNECTION
WITH AN INVESTMENT IN THE SECURITIES, SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE __.

     THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED
UPON THE  ACCURACY OR  ADEQUACY OF THE  PROSPECTUS.  ANY  REPRESENTATION  TO THE
CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                                      Proceeds
                             Price to                Underwriting                      to the
                              Public                 Discounts (1)                   Company (2)
- --------------------  ----------------------  -------------------------- ----------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                         <C>                                <C>  
Per Unit                   $   5.00                    $  .50                             $4.50

Total (3)                $2,000,000                  $200,000                         $1,800,000

====================  ======================  ========================== ==================================

</TABLE>

                                        1

<PAGE>
   
(1)      Does not include  additional  compensation  to the  Underwriters in the
         form of (a) a  non-accountable  expense allowance of three (3%) percent
         of the gross proceeds of this  Offering,  (b) a consulting fee of 2% of
         the gross proceeds of this offering and (c) Warrants,  purchasable at a
         nominal price,  giving the holders the right to acquire 40,000 Units at
         an  initial  exercise  price  of $___  per  Unit,  equal to 165% of the
         initial offering price of the Units (the "Underwriters'  Warrant"). See
         "Underwriting."
    

(2)      Before deducting estimated expenses of $300,000 payable by the Company,
         inclusive of the Underwriters' non-accountable expense allowance.

(3)      Solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, the Company
         has granted to the Underwriters options (the "Over-Allotment  Option"),
         exercisable  within  45  days  of  the  date  hereof,  to  purchase  an
         additional 60,000 Units upon the same terms and conditions as the Units
         offered hereby. If such Over-Allotment Option is exercised in full, the
         Total  Price to  Public  will be  $2,300,000;  the  Total  Underwriting
         Discount will be $230,000;  and the Total  Proceeds to the Company will
         be $2,070,000. See "Underwriting."

         The Units  included in the  underwritten  offering are being offered by
the  Underwriters on a "firm  commitment"  basis subject to prior sale, when, as
and if  delivered  to and  accepted by the several  Underwriters  and subject to
certain conditions.  The Underwriters  reserve the right to withdraw,  cancel or
modify the Offering and to reject any order in whole or in part.  It is expected
that delivery of  certificates  evidencing the Units will be made at the offices
of the  Representative  in New York,  New York or through the  facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, against payment therefor on or about __________, 1998.

                         Fairchild Financial Group, Inc.

                The date of the Prospectus is ____________, 1998


The following legend belongs on left side of cover page in red:

"Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.  A
Registration  Statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the Registration  Statement  becomes
effective.  This  Prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State."


                                        2

<PAGE>
     This  Prospectus  also  relates to the  exercise of  publicly  held Class A
Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants (the "Class A Warrants") to purchase  2,400,000
shares of the Company's  Common Stock.  Each Class A Warrant entitles the holder
to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price of $5.00 at any time commencing
on or after June 26, 1998 and expiring June 26, 2002. A description of the terms
of the Class A Warrants, including without limitation certain redemption rights,
may be found under "Description of Securities."

     The  offering  price of the  Units,  the  conversion  ratio of the Series 1
Preferred Stock and the exercise price of the Preferred Warrants and other terms
of such  securities  were  established  by  negotiation  between the Company and
Fairchild  Financial Group, Inc., the representative (the  "Representative")  of
the underwriters of the Offering  (collectively,  including the  Representative,
the "Underwriters"),  and do not necessarily bear any direct relationship to the
Company's  assets,  earnings,  book value per share or other generally  accepted
criteria of value. See "Risk Factors" and  "Underwriting."  The Units,  Series 1
Preferred  Stock  and  Preferred  Warrants  are  expected  to  trade  on the OTC
Electronic  Bulletin Board under the symbols "______," "______" and "_____." The
Company's  Common  Stock and Class A Warrants  are quoted on the OTC  Electronic
Bulletin Board under the symbols "KDST"and "KDSTW," respectively. On October __,
1998,  the  closing  sales  prices  of the  Company's  Common  Stock and Class A
Warrants were $___ and $__, respectively. See "Risk Factors."

     CERTAIN PERSONS  PARTICIPATING  IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS
THAT  STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT  THE  PRICE  OF THE  COMPANY'S
SECURITIES INCLUDING OVER-ALLOTMENT, STABILIZING AND SHORT-COVERING TRANSACTIONS
AND THE IMPOSITION OF PENALTY BIDS. FOR A DESCRIPTION OF THESE  ACTIVITIES,  SEE
"UNDERWRITING."

     Duncan Hill, Inc.  ("Duncan Hill"),  the Company's  parent,  and William L.
Miller,   the  Company's  Chief  Executive   Officer,   will   beneficially  own
approximately  82% of the Company's  outstanding  voting capital stock after the
Offering  and will be able to  control  the  affairs of the  Company.  See "Risk
Factors" and "Principal Stockholders."

     The Company is subject to the  information  requirements  of the Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended  (the  "Exchange  Act"),  and in  accordance
therewith files reports and other  information  with the Securities and Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission"  or  "SEC").  The  Company  has  filed  with  the
Commission a  registration  statement on Form SB-2,  File No.  333-61463,  which
registration  statement  is also a  post-effective  amendment  to the  Company's
Registration  Statement on Form SB-2, File No.  333-19423  (herein together with
all amendments and exhibits referred to as the  "Registration  Statement") under
the Securities  Act of 1933, as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  of which this
Prospectus forms a part. See "Available Information."

                                       3

<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

         The following summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and
should  be read in  conjunction  with,  the more  detailed  information  and the
Financial  Statements  (including the notes thereto) appearing elsewhere in this
Prospectus.  Each  prospective  investor is urged to read this Prospectus in its
entirety. Unless indicated otherwise, this Prospectus assumes no exercise of the
Underwriters' Over-Allotment Option and an offering price of $5.00 per Unit.

         This  Prospectus  contains  forward  looking  statements  which reflect
management's  current  views and  estimates  of future  economic  circumstances,
industry  conditions,  company  performance  and the  financial  results.  These
forward-looking  statements are based largely on the Company's  expectations and
are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond the
Company's  control,  including,  without  limitation,  competition  and possible
future changes to state sales tax laws.  Actual results could differ  materially
from these  forward  looking  statements as a result of changes in the trends in
the children's mail order catalog industry, competition,  availability and price
of goods and other  factors.  Any changes in such  assumptions  or factors could
produce significantly different results.

                                   The Company

   
         Kids Stuff,  Inc. (the "Company") is a specialty  direct marketer which
publishes two catalogs with an emphasis on children's  hardgood  products (i.e.,
products  not  primarily  made from  fabrics)  from  prenatal to age three.  The
Company  believes  that its first  catalog,  "Perfectly  Safe,  The  Catalog For
Parents  Who  Care," is the  nation's  only  catalog  devoted  to child  safety,
child-proofing the home and safety-related  products for the family. The Company
has published  Perfectly  Safe since 1990,  and has  circulated  over 20 million
catalogs and helped to  childproof  over  350,000  homes to date.  In 1995,  the
Company  introduced its second  catalog,  "Jeannie's  Kids Club," to broaden its
market and to introduce a new direct marketing  concept in children's  products.
Jeannie's  Kids Club offers  parents of young  children  who become  members the
opportunity  of saving up to 60%  compared  to the  price  charged  for the same
products in other popular children's catalogs. The current annual membership fee
is $18.00 per year.  In July 1997,  the Company  acquired a third  catalog,  The
Natural Baby Catalog,  from The Natural Baby Company,  Inc. ("Baby Co."),  which
specializes  in  children's  products  made from natural fiber for children ages
prenatal  to age  three,  and  consolidated  its  operations  with  those of the
Company.  The Company  intends to use the  proceeds of the Offering to establish
and develop a website to advertise and sell its products.  In November 1998, the
Company  opened a retail outlet store in Canton,  Ohio to sell its  merchandise.
See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business."
    

         The executive offices of the Company are located at 4450 Belden Village
Street,  N.W., Suite 406, Canton,  Ohio 44718, and its telephone number is (330)
492-8090.

                                        4

<PAGE>
                                  The Offering

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                 <C>
Securities Offered
 by the Company                     400,000 Units, each Unit consisting of one share of one share
                                    of Series 1 Preferred Stock and two Preferred Warrants.  The
                                    Shares and Preferred Warrants shall be immediately
                                    detachable and separately transferable from each other at any
                                    time commencing on the date of this Prospectus.  Commencing
                                    April 30, 1999, each share of Series 1 Preferred Share is
                                    entitled to receive a cumulative annual dividend of $.45 per
                                    share in cash or Common Stock on April 30th of each year.
                                    Commencing 18 months from the date of this Prospectus, the
                                    Series 1 Preferred Stock is redeemable at the option of the
                                    Company at $7.20 per share and is convertible into _____
                                    shares of the Company's Common Stock.   Each Preferred
                                    Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Series 1
                                    Preferred Stock at a price of $6.00, commencing ______, 2000
                                    and expiring _______, 2001.  If the Company elects to redeem
                                    the Series 1 Preferred Stock, the Preferred Warrants shall be
                                    contemporaneously redeemed at $1.20 per Warrant. See
                                    "Description of Securities."

Class A Warrants                    This Prospectus also relates to the exercise of  publicly-held
                                    2,400,000 Class A Warrants to purchase 2,400,000  shares of
                                    the Company's Common Stock. Each Class A Warrant entitles
                                    the holder to purchase one share of Common Stock at a price
                                    of $5.00 at any time commencing on or after June 26, 1998
                                    and expiring June 26, 2002. See "Description of Securities."

Capitalization

Common Stock prior
to the Offering (1)                 3,512,856 Shares

Common Stock to be
Outstanding after
exercise of Class A
Warrants (2)      (3)               5,912,856 Shares

Class A Warrants
outstanding prior to
Offering                            2,400,000 Class A Warrants

Series A Non-Convertible
Preferred Stock held
by Duncan Hill (4)                  5,000,000 Shares

                                        5

<PAGE>
Series 1 Preferred Stock
prior to Offering (4)               -0- Shares

Series 1 Preferred Stock
after Offering (4)(5)               400,000 Shares

Series 1 Preferred Stock
Purchase Warrants
before Offering                     -0-

Series 1 Preferred Stock
Purchase Warrants
after offering (6)                  800,000 Warrants

OTC Electronic
Bulletin Board Symbols
 Currently Outstanding:
      Common Stock......................KDST
      Class A Warrants..................KDSTW
 Proposed for Trading:
     Units..............................______
     Series 1 Preferred Stock...........______
     Preferred Warrants.................______

Use of Proceeds                         The Company intends to apply the net proceeds of the
                                        Offering to purchase inventory, reduce  accounts payable,
                                        to establish and lease a new operations center, to open a
                                        retail outlet store, to establish a website and for working
                                        capital and other general corporate purposes.  See "Use of
                                        Proceeds."

Risk                                    Factors  The  Offering  involves  a high
                                        degree   of  risk  and   immediate   and
                                        substantial dilution.


                                        6

</TABLE>
<PAGE>

- ----------

     (1) Does not include the possible  exercise of the  following:  (i) Class A
Warrants  to purchase  2,400,000  shares of the  Company's  Common  Stock;  (ii)
Options to purchase  440,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock owned by the
Company's  executive  officers  and  directors;  (iii)  Warrants  granted to the
Underwriter of the Company's initial public offering to purchase an aggregate of
60,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock; and (iv) options to purchase up to
400,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock that may be granted pursuant to the
Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.

     (2) Does not include the possible exercise of the following: (i) options to
purchase 440,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock;  (ii) Warrants granted to
the  Underwriter  of the  Company's  initial  public  offering  to  purchase  an
aggregate of 60,000  shares of the Company's  Common  Stock;  (iii) Common Stock
issuable upon  conversion of the Series 1 Preferred  Stock;  and (iv) options to
purchase up to 400,000 shares of the Company's  Common Stock that may be granted
pursuant to the Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan.

     (3) Assumes all Class A Warrants are exercised.  No assurances can be given
that all or any portion of the outstanding Class A Warrants will be exercised.

     (4)  Generally,  the  Holder of the Series A  Preferred  Stock and Series 1
Preferred  Stock each has the right to vote each share of Preferred Stock on the
same basis as each share of Common Stock.

     (5) Does not  include  shares of Series 1  Preferred  Stock  issuable  upon
exercise of the Preferred Warrants or Underwriters' Warrant.

     (6) Does not  include  Preferred  Warrants  issuable  upon  exercise of the
Underwriters' Warrant.


                                        7

<PAGE>
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

         The summary  financial  data is derived from the  historical  financial
statements  of the  Company.  The  summary  financial  data  should  be  read in
conjunction with  "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition
and  Results  of  Operations"  as well  as the  Company's  historical  financial
statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in the Prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               (Unaudited)
   
                                                Year Ended December 31,                       Nine Months Ended
                                                                                       Sept.  30,     Sept.  30,
    
                                                      1996              1997               1997               1998
                                                -------------      -------------      ------------      ----------
Statement of Operational Data:
   
<S>                                             <C>                <C>                   <C>             <C>       
 Net Sales                                      $6,638,995         $11,016,601           $6,606,678      $9,834,362
 Net Income (Loss)                                ( 521,640)            50,097           (95,261)           140,954
 Net Income (Loss) per common share                    (.14)               .01            (.03)             .04
    
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                       (Unaudited)
   
Balance Sheet Data:                             Dec.  31,            Dec.  31,          Sept. 30,
                                                   1996                 1997             1998
<S>                                             <C>                <C>                <C>       
  Total Assets                                  $1,471,689         $4,548,061         $4,824,582
  Working Capital (deficit)                        (803,789)          162,877             59,666
  Total Liabilities                              2,461,869          2,725,397          2,860,964
  Stockholders' Equity (deficit)                  (990,180)         1,822,664          1,963,617
    

</TABLE>


                                        8

<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

         An investment  in the  securities  offered  hereby is  speculative  and
involves a high  degree of risk and  substantial  dilution.  Securities  offered
hereby should only be purchased by investors who can afford to lose their entire
investment.  Each prospective  investor should carefully  consider the following
risk  factors  inherent in, and  affecting  the business of, the Company and the
Offering, together with the other information in this prospectus,  before making
an investment decision.

         HISTORY OF OPERATING AND NET LOSSES.  Although the Company had net
   
income of $140,954 for the nine months ended  September  30, 1998 and net income
of $50,097 for the year ended December 31, 1997, the Company incurred net losses
of  ($521,640)  and  ($536,992)  for  fiscal  1996  and  1995,  respectively.  A
substantial   portion  of  the  aforesaid   losses  was   associated   with  the
establishment  and  development of the Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog  beginning in
July,  1995.  There can be no  assurances  that the  Company  will not incur net
losses in the future.  See  "Management's  Discussions and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations."

         LIMITED  WORKING  CAPITAL/POSSIBLE  NEED FOR ADDITIONAL  FINANCING.  At
September  30, 1998,  the Company had limited  working  capital of $59,666.  The
Company  currently  depends  upon (i) cash from  operations;  (ii) loans from an
institutional  lender;  and (iii) cash received in July 1997 from the completion
of an initial public offering of its securities to fund its  operations.  In the
event that cash from operations is insufficient to finance its operations or the
Company's  institutional  credit  facility is  terminated or the credit limit is
insufficient to provide needed  financing for the Company,  it will be necessary
for the Company to seek to obtain  additional  public or private  financing.  No
assurances  can be given that such financing will be available or, if available,
that it can be obtained on terms satisfactory to the Company.  See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of  Operations"  and
"Financial Statements."

         LINE-OF-CREDIT/LIMITED  AVAILABILITY/INTENT TO RESTRUCTURE. The Company
has a line-of-credit  of $800,000 with an institutional  lender.  As of November
16, 1998, it has drawn down an aggregate of $762,000 under such  line-of-credit.
The Company  currently  has  limited  availability  under the  credit.  Upon the
completion of the Offering,  the Company intends to meet with the  institutional
lenders to discuss restructuring the debt. It is the Company's intention to seek
a larger  line-of-credit.  No  assurances  can be given that the Company will be
successful  in  these  efforts  or,  if  successful,  that it  will be on  terms
satisfactory  to the  Company.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Financial Statements."
    

         LINE-OF-CREDIT  -  ZERO  BALANCE.  The  Company  has  a  line-of-credit
pursuant to which it is required to have a zero balance between now and June 30,
1999.  No  assurances  can be given that the Company will be  successful in this
regard.   Although  the  institutional   lender  has  waived  the  zero  balance
requirement  in each of the last two fiscal years,  no  assurances  can be given
that the institutional  lender will again waive the zero balance requirement for
fiscal 1999 or in future years.

                                        9

<PAGE>
     YEAR 2000 ISSUES.  Many existing  computer  programs use only two digits to
identify a year in the date field.  There  programs  were designed and developed
without  considering  the impact of the upcoming  change in the century.  If not
corrected,  many computer applications could fail or create erroneous results by
or at the year 2000.  The Company is currently  working to correct its computers
and does not believe that the expenditures will materially  adversely impact the
Company,  although  no  assurances  can be given  in this  regard.  The  Company
purchases  its  materials  from  numerous  vendors.  While the  Company  has not
determined  whether  all its  vendors  will be year 2000  compliant  before  the
problem arises,  Management believes that since it is not dependent on any major
vendor,  that its operations  will not be materially  adversely  effected by the
failure of a few vendors to timely correct the problem.  However,  no assurances
can be given that Management will be correct in its belief.

     POSSIBLE LACK OF SAVINGS FROM THE RECENT  INTEGRATION AND  CONSOLIDATION OF
THE NATURAL BABY CATALOG  BUSINESS.  The Company believes that its consolidation
of the  operations  of The  Natural  Baby  Catalog  with the  Company has led to
savings in direct labor and general and administrative costs during the 12 month
period following completion of such transaction. No assurances can be given that
the Company is correct in such belief or that it will be successful in obtaining
the aforesaid savings in the future.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis
of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations,"  "Financial  Statements" and
"Business."

     COST  INCREASES  IN POSTAGE AND PAPER.  Postal rates and paper costs affect
the  cost  of the  Company's  order  fulfillment  and  catalog  and  promotional
mailings.  The Company relies heavily on the rate structure of the United States
Postal Service ("USPS") and strives for discounts for bulk mailings. Like others
in the catalog industry,  the Company passes along a significant  portion of its
shipping and handling  expense,  but does not pass along costs of preparing  and
mailing catalogs and other promotional materials.  In recent years, the USPS has
increased  its rate for both the mailing of catalogs  and  packages.  In January
1995, the USPS  increased the postage rate paid by the Company by 14%.  Although
there has been no rate increase since then, there is a belief that the USPS will
raise its rates commencing  January 1, 1999.  Since 1994,  United Parcel Service
has annually  increased its rates.  The price of paper is dependent  upon supply
and demand in the  marketplace.  From January 1993 through  December  1995,  the
price of paper  available to the Company  increased 95%,  resulting in increased
catalog  production  costs and  contributing  to operating  losses in 1995.  Any
future  significant  increases  in  postal  rates or paper  costs  could  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operation. See "Business."

     NEED FOR MAILING LISTS. The Company  experienced a competitive  reaction to
its  introduction  of Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog which resulted in three other
children's  catalogs  refusing to exchange with, or rent their mailing lists to,
the Company.  Although the Company has not experienced  such a reaction from its
acquisition  of The Natural Baby Catalog,  there can be no assurance that such a
competitive  reaction  will not occur in the future,  or that such an occurrence
would not have an adverse effect upon the profitability

                                       10

<PAGE>
     of the Company. See "Business" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     NEED TO OBTAIN NEW  CUSTOMERS.  Historically,  the  Company has relied upon
catalog  circulation as its sole method of acquiring new  customers.  Because of
the  relatively  short  life of the  customer  (prenatal  to age  three) and the
increasing  costs of catalog  mailings,  the  Company  believes  that its future
growth and profitability will be largely dependent upon the Company's ability to
obtain new customers.  Upon the completion of this Offering, the Company intends
to develop and establish a website and retail outlet store to advertise and sell
its products.  No assurance can be given that these actions will be  successful,
that the Company will retain existing customers or obtain new customers, or that
the Company will operate profitably in the future. See "Business."

   
     BROAD DISCRETION IN APPLICATION OF PROCEEDS.  Approximately $222,000 or 15%
of the net proceeds of this  Offering has been  allocated to working  capital of
the Company,  which funds will be utilized for general corporate  purposes.  The
allocation of proceeds  described in "Use of Proceeds"  represents the Company's
best  estimate of its  allocation  based upon the current state of its business,
operations and plans,  current business conditions and the Company's  evaluation
of its  industry.  Future  events,  including  problems,  delays,  expenses  and
complications  which may be  encountered,  changes in  economic  or  competitive
conditions  and the result of the Company's  sales and marketing  activities may
make shifts in the allocation of funds necessarily desirable.  Management of the
Company will have broad  discretion in the application of  substantially  all of
such proceeds. See "Use of Proceeds."

     POSSIBLE  CHANGE OF STATE  SALES  TAX  LAWS.  Under  current  law,  catalog
retailers  are  permitted  to make  sales  in  states  where  they do not have a
physical  presence  (e.g.  offices)  without  collecting  sales  tax.  Congress,
however,  has the power to change these laws.  Since 1987,  legislation has been
introduced  periodically  in the U.S.  Congress  which  would  permit  states to
require sales tax  collection by mail order  companies.  To date,  this proposed
legislation has not been passed. Should Congress, however, pass such legislation
in the future,  most states could be expected to require sales tax collection by
out-of-state  mail order  companies.  This would increase the cost of purchasing
the  Company's  products  in those  states and  eliminate  whatever  competitive
advantage the Company may currently  enjoy with respect to in-state  competitors
in  terms  of sales  taxation,  as well as  increasing  the  administrative  and
overhead  costs to the Company in connection  with the  collection of such sales
tax. See "Business."
    

     REGULATORY  MATTERS.  The Company's  business,  and the catalog industry in
general,  is  subject  to  regulation  by a variety  of state and  federal  laws
relating to, among other things,  advertising and sales taxes. The Federal Trade
Commission  regulates  the  Company's  advertising  and trade  practices and the
Consumer Product Safety Commission has issued  regulations  governing the safety
of the products  which the Company sells in its catalogs.  No assurances  can be
given that the Company will comply with all state and federal laws affecting its
business in the future.


                                       11

<PAGE>
     NO CURRENT PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CATALOG ACQUISITIONS.  The Company believes
that due to the cost  driven  pressures  to  consolidate,  there  may be  future
opportunities to acquire other children's niche catalogs. The Company,  however,
has no current plans to make any  acquisitions  and no  assurances  can be given
that  any  acquisitions  will  be  successfully  completed  in the  future.  See
"Business."

     UNCERTAINTY AS TO FUTURE OPERATING  RESULTS.  The Company's  revenue growth
and future  profitability  will depend on its ability to increase catalog sales,
to expand the membership of Jeannie's  Kids Club and to effectively  monitor and
control  costs.  Accordingly,  there can be no  assurance  that the Company will
operate profitably in the future.  Furthermore,  future operating results depend
upon  many  factors,   including  general  economic  conditions,  the  level  of
competition,  age  demographics  and the  ability of the  Company to continue to
attract and retain customers successfully. See "Business."

     FLUCTUATIONS IN OPERATING RESULTS. The Company's operating results may vary
from  quarter-to-quarter  depending on the number of catalogs  mailed during the
quarter and the relative profitability of the mailing lists used for the catalog
mailings.  The relative profitability of the mailing lists used for a particular
mailing is  determined  by the mailing list mix between the  Company's  existing
in-house lists and lists rented from outside sources. Some rental lists turn-out
to be profitable (or more  profitable) and others do not. On occasion,  a rental
list  which  has  proven  to  be  profitable  in  the  past  may  experience  an
inexplicable short-term unsatisfactory result. See "Business."

     COMPETITION.  The mail order catalog and retail clothing outlet  businesses
are highly  competitive.  The Company's catalogs compete and its proposed retail
outlet  store  intends to compete  with  other  mail order  catalogs  and retail
stores,  including department stores, specialty stores, discount stores and mass
merchants.   Many  of  the  Company's   competitors   have  greater   financial,
distribution and marketing resources than the Company. There can be no assurance
that the Company will be able to compete  effectively with existing or potential
competitors. See "Business."

     PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE. Since 1990, the Company's parent, Duncan Hill,
has carried  product  liability  insurance  for the  Company  and Duncan  Hill's
subsidiary,  The Havana  Group,  Inc.  ("Havana").  The  current  coverage is $1
million per  occurrence  with an  aggregate  limit of $2 million.  The policy is
supplemented by an umbrella liability policy providing coverage of an additional
$1 million per  occurrence,  $2 million  aggregate.  The policies are carried by
Duncan  Hill,  with the Company and Havana as named  insureds.  The policies are
issued for a period of one year and are  currently in effect  through  September
17, 1999. The Company may, in the future, procure the same coverage in its name,
alone.  Although the Company  believes  that its present  insurance  coverage is
sufficient for its current level of business  operations,  there is no assurance
that such  insurance  will be  sufficient  to cover  potential  claims,  or that
adequate,  affordable insurance coverage will be available to the Company in the
future. An uninsured  successful claim against the Company or a successful claim
in excess of the liability  limits or relating to an injury  excluded  under the
policy could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Business."

                                       12

<PAGE>
     TRADEMARKS  AND OTHER  PROPRIETARY  RIGHTS.  The Company  believes that its
trademarks  and  proprietary  rights  are  important  to  its  success  and  its
competitive position. However, the actions taken by the Company to establish and
protect its trademarks and other proprietary rights may be inadequate to prevent
imitation  of  its  products  by  others  or to  prevent  others  from  claiming
violations  of their  trademarks  and  proprietary  rights  by the  Company.  In
addition,  others  may  assert  rights  in the  Company's  trademarks  and other
proprietary rights. See "Business."

     DEPENDENCE UPON KEY PERSONNEL;  NEED FOR ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL.  The success
of the Company is highly  dependent  upon the  continued  services of William L.
Miller ("W.  Miller"),  the Company's  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive
Officer, and Jeanne E. Miller, ("J. Miller") the Company's President. W. Miller,
one of the co-founders of the Company's parent,  is principally  responsible for
the strategic planning and development of the Company.  W. Miller,  however,  is
not  required to devote his  full-time  attention to managing the affairs of the
Company.  J. Miller,  the other co-founder of the Company's parent, is primarily
responsible for the merchandise selection, design and production of the catalog.
Both W. Miller and J. Miller have entered into  employment  agreements  with the
Company.  However,  if the  employment by the Company of either W. Miller and J.
Miller is either  terminated  or not renewed,  or if either of them is unable to
perform his or her duties,  there  could be a material  adverse  effect upon the
business of the  Company.  The  Company  has  obtained a $1 million key man life
insurance  policy on each of W. Miller and J. Miller,  who are husband and wife.
The success of the Company's  future growth and  profitability  will depend,  in
part,  on the  Company's  ability to recruit  and  retain  additional  qualified
Management  personnel over time.  There can be no assurance,  however,  that the
Company  will  be  able to  successfully  recruit  and  retain  such  additional
qualified Management personnel. See "Management."

     THE  COMPANY'S  CHIEF  EXECUTIVE  OFFICER WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO WORK FULL
TIME. W. Miller, is a co-founder of the Company's parent, Duncan Hill, which has
other operating subsidiaries. W. Miller, who devotes such time to the affairs of
the Company which are necessary for the performance of his duties,  is currently
the  President  of Duncan Hill and  Havana,  as well as Chairman of the Board of
Directors and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company.  W. Miller's  employment
agreement  with the Company  provides  that he shall be permitted to devote such
time to managing the various other Duncan Hill entities (including Havana) as he
deems  appropriate.  Accordingly,  W. Miller is not devoting his  full-time  and
attention to managing the operations of the Company. See "Management."

   
     W. Miller  received a salary  increase from $100,000 in 1996 to $125,000 in
1997 and J. Miller received a salary increase from $65,000 in 1996 to $90,000 in
1997.  Future salary  increases for the Millers will be at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. As described under the risk factor titled "Control By Parent
and its  Controlling  Stockholders,"  the  Millers  control  the Company and the
election of its Board of Directors  through their  ownership of Duncan Hill. See
"Management" and "Principal Stockholders."
    


                                       13

<PAGE>
   
     POTENTIAL  CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.  Conflicts of interest could  potentially
develop (i) to the extent that W. Miller is not able to devote his full-time and
attention to a matter that would  otherwise  require the full-time and attention
of a business' chief executive officer,  (ii) involving competition for business
opportunities,  (iii) involving  transactions between the Company and W. Miller,
J. Miller and/or their  affiliated  companies;  and (iv) due to the relationship
between W.  Miller and J.  Miller as husband  and wife and as  directors  of the
Company.  The  Company  has not adopted  any  procedure  for  dealing  with such
conflicts of interest,  except that the Company's Board of Directors has adopted
a policy that all new transactions  between the Company and Duncan Hill,  Havana
or any other  affiliated  company must be approved by at least a majority of the
Company's disinterested directors.  Currently, the Company has one disinterested
director and Duncan Hill and the Millers  control the election of the directors.
See "Management."
    

     LACK OF AT LEAST TWO  INDEPENDENT  DIRECTORS AND  COMMITTEES  THEREOF.  The
Company  has four  directors,  including  W.  Miller and J.  Miller who are also
executive officers of the Company, one independent director and another director
who is a director of Duncan Hill, an affiliate of the Company. The absence of at
least two outside or  disinterested  directors and  committees  composed of such
disinterested  directors could result in less  objectivity and an increased risk
for  conflicts  of  interest  with  respect  to  decisions  made by the Board of
Directors. See "Management."

     POTENTIAL  ADVERSE EFFECT OF THE SEVERANCE  COMPENSATION  APPLICABLE TO THE
COMPANY'S TWO EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS.  Each of the  employment  agreements  for the
Company's two executive  officers,  namely, W. Miller and J. Miller provides for
severance  compensation  to be  paid to them in all  instances  other  than  the
executive's  termination for cause. The minimum amount of such severance will be
equal to the sum of the executive's  salary and bonus paid in the year preceding
the year when such  severance  is to be paid  ("base  severance").  The  maximum
amount of such severance is equal to the base severance  multiplied by 2.99. The
payment of any severance compensation under any of the two employment agreements
within the foreseeable future would likely have a materially adverse impact upon
the Company. See "Management."

     DATA PROCESSING AND/OR TELEPHONE SYSTEMS MAY ADVERSELY EFFECT THE COMPANY'S
BUSINESS.  The  Company's  ability  to  effectively  promote  products,   manage
inventory,   efficiently  purchase,   sell  and  ship  products,   and  maintain
cost-effective  operations are each dependent upon the accuracy,  capability and
proper utilization of the Company's data processing and telephone  systems.  The
Company will need to enhance the capacity and capabilities of these systems from
time  to  time  to  support  its  anticipated  growth  and  remain  competitive,
commencing  with the intended  replacement  of the  Company's  current  computer
hardware and system software. The Company's telemarketing,  customer service and
management information systems functions are housed in a single facility located
at its  headquarters.  The Company has a disaster  recovery  program through its
computer and telephone systems vendors.  The Company also creates a back-up tape
for off-site storage of its customer list and computer  information.  However, a
significant disruption or loss affecting the telephone or computer

                                       14

<PAGE>
     systems or any significant damage to the Company's  headquarters could have
a material adverse effect on the Company's business. See "Business."

     NEED TO KEEP  CURRENT  WITH  TECHNOLOGICAL  CHANGES.  The direct  marketing
industry may be affected by ongoing  technological  developments in distribution
and  marketing  methods such as on-line  catalogs and  Internet  shopping.  As a
result,  the  Company's  future  success will depend on its ability to keep pace
with technological developments and respond to new customer requirements.  There
can be no assurance  that the Company's  current  marketing  methods will remain
competitive in light of future technological innovations. See "Business."

         CONTROL  BY  PARENT  AND  ITS  CONTROLLING  STOCKHOLDERS.  Duncan  Hill
beneficially owns  approximately 65% of the Company's  outstanding  Common Stock
and 100% of the  Company's  outstanding  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  (5,000,000
shares) which has the same voting  privileges as the Common Stock.  As a result,
Duncan Hill, which beneficially owns approximately 86% of the outstanding voting
stock  before the  Offering and will own  approximately  82% of the  outstanding
voting stock after the Offering,  will remain in a position to effectively elect
all of the  directors  of the Company and control its affairs and  policies.  W.
Miller and J. Miller,  the  Company's  respective  Chief  Executive  Officer and
President,  own approximately 68% of the shares of the outstanding  common stock
of Duncan Hill,  and thus are in a position to exercise  effective  control over
the affairs of the Company through their  effective  control over the affairs of
Duncan Hill. Ultimate voting control by the Millers may discourage certain types
of  transactions  involving  an actual or  potential  change of  control  of the
Company,  including transactions in which the public holders of the Common Stock
might  receive a premium for their shares over  prevailing  market  prices.  See
"Principal Stockholders."

   
         SEC INVESTIGATION  INVOLVING THE  REPRESENTATIVE.  The Company has been
advised by the  Representative  (formerly named VTR Capital,  Inc.) that the SEC
has issued a formal order directing a private  investigation by the staff of the
SEC involving the Representative and certain other persons. For a description of
such SEC investigation,  see "Underwriting."  The Representative  cannot predict
whether this investigation will result in any type of enforcement action against
the Representative. See "Underwriting."
    

         NASD COMPLAINT  AGAINST THE  REPRESENTATIVE.  The Company has also been
advised by the  Representative  that during 1996 and 1997, the staff of the NASD
conducted  an inquiry  into the trading and sales  practices  of  securities  of
another  company in and around April 1995. In connection  with the inquiry,  the
NASD  staff   obtained   documents   from  the   Representative   and  conducted
on-the-record interviews of, among others, the Representative's  President-Chief
Executive  Officer,  Head Trader and Chief  Financial  Officer.  On February 20,
1998,  the NASD  Department of  Enforcement  filed an  administrative  complaint
against the  Representative,  a principal of the firm and two traders from other
broker-dealers.  For a description of such complaint,  including the allegations
and prayer for relief, see "Underwriting."


                                       15

<PAGE>
     POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON LIQUIDITY AND PRICE OF THE COMPANY'S  SECURITIES
DUE TO SEC INVESTIGATION  AND NASD COMPLAINT.  The Company has been advised that
in the event a public market for the Company's  Units,  Series 1 Preferred Stock
and/or Preferred  Warrants should develop,  of which no assurances can be given,
the  Representative  intends to make a market in such  securities  following the
Offering  in  addition  to  the  Company's  Common  Stock  and  Warrants  in the
over-the-counter market, subject to compliance with Regulation M of the Exchange
Act. An unfavorable  resolution of the SEC  investigation  and/or NASD complaint
concerning the sales and trading  activities and practices of the Representative
could have the effect of limiting or curtailing the Representative's  ability to
make a market in the  Company's  securities  in which  case the  market  for and
liquidity  of  the  Company's   securities  may  be  adversely   affected.   See
"Underwriting."

     DILUTION.  Persons exercising the Class A Warrants will incur immediate and
substantial  dilution  of their  investment.  See  "Dilution."  The  amount  and
percentage  of such  dilution  will  depend  upon the amount of Class A Warrants
exercised and the then net tangible book value of the Company,  which can not be
accurately estimated at this time.


     LIMITATION  ON  DIRECTOR  LIABILITY.  As  permitted  by Delaware  law,  the
Company's  certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors of the
Company  from  monetary  damages from a breach of a  director's  fiduciary  duty
except for liability in certain instances.  As a result of the Company's charter
provision  and Delaware  law,  stockholders  may have limited  rights to recover
against directors for breach of fiduciary duty. See  "Management--Limitation  of
Liability and Indemnification Matters."

     ANTI-TAKEOVER  MEASURES.  The  Company is  subject  to a  Delaware  statute
regulating  business  combinations that may serve to hinder or delay a change in
control of the Company,  in addition to those matters relating to control of the
Company  discussed   immediately,   above.  Also,   pursuant  to  the  Company's
certificate of incorporation,  the Company's Board of Directors may from time to
time  authorize  the  issuance  of up to  5,000,000  shares of  preferred  stock
(including  the  Series  1  Preferred  Stock,  but not  including  the  Series A
Preferred  Stock  owned  by  Duncan  Hill)  in one or more  series  having  such
preferences,  rights and other  provisions as the Board of Directors may decide.
Any such issuances of preferred stock could, under certain  circumstances,  have
the effect of delaying or  preventing a change in control of the Company and may
adversely  affect the rights of the  holders of the  Company's  Common  Stock or
Series 1 Preferred  Stock and the market for those shares.  See  "Description of
Securities."

     NO CASH DIVIDENDS. The Company has never paid cash dividends on its capital
stock and does not anticipate  paying cash dividends in the foreseeable  future,
except possibly on its Series 1 Preferred  Stock.  The Company intends to retain
future earnings,  if any, to finance its growth and it reserves the right to pay
dividends  on the Series 1 Preferred  Stock by issuing  Common  Stock in lieu of
cash dividends. See "Dividend Policy" and "Description of Securities."

       
                                       16

<PAGE>
   
     ARBITRARY  DETERMINATION OF CLASS A WARRANT AND PREFERRED  WARRANT EXERCISE
PRICES.  The  exercise  price and other terms of the Class A Warrants  have been
arbitrarily  determined by the Company and the  Representative  of the Company's
initial public offering in 1997. Further,  the offering price and other terms of
the Units and components  thereof have also been  arbitrarily  determined by the
Company and the Representative.  The terms of such securities do not necessarily
bear any  relationship to the assets,  book value or net worth of the Company or
any other recognized  criteria of value.  Accordingly,  such terms should not be
considered  an indication of the Company's  actual value.  See  "Description  of
Securities."
    

     LIMITED PUBLIC MARKET; MARKET VOLATILITY.  Prior to the Offering, there has
been a limited public market for the Company's Common Stock and Class A Warrants
which are quoted on the OTC  Electronic  Bulletin Board under the symbols "KDST"
and "KDSTW," respectively. Before this Offering, there has been no public market
in the Company's  Units,  Series 1 Preferred Stock and Preferred  Warrants.  The
Representative  intends to apply to the OTC  Electronic  Bulletin Board to trade
such securities. There is no assurance that an established public trading market
will develop or be sustained in any of the Company's  securities.  Additionally,
the market  price of the  Company's  securities  may be  adversely  affected  in
response  to changes in the general  condition  of the economy or the retail and
catalog  business,  as a  whole,  as well as the  Company's  periodic  financial
results which may fluctuate quarterly as a result of several factors,  including
the timing of catalog  mailings  and  changes in the  selection  of  merchandise
offered and sold. See "Market Information."

     CERTAIN   IMPLICATIONS   OF   TRADING   OVER-THE-COUNTER;   "PENNY   STOCK"
REGULATIONS. The Company's Common Stock and Class A Warrants are quoted for sale
in the  over-the-counter  market on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board under the
symbols "KDST" and "KDSTW", respectively. Further, the Representative intends to
apply  to the  OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board  for  the  Company's  Units  and
components  thereof to trade on the OTC Bulletin  Board. An investor may find it
more difficult to dispose of the Company's  securities trading  over-the-counter
than had the  Company  sought  approval  for its  securities  to be  listed  for
quotation on a national securities  exchange,  or on the Nasdaq SmallCap market.
The Company has not applied for listing on a national securities exchange or the
Nasdaq  SmallCap  market because of the Company's  belief that it would not meet
the listing requirements.

     The   Securities   and  Exchange   Commission  has  adopted  "penny  stock"
regulations   which  applies  to  securities  traded   over-the-counter.   These
regulations  generally define "penny stock" to be any equity security that has a
market price of less than $5.00 per share,  a warrant that has an exercise price
of less than $5.00 per share,  an equity  security  of an issuer  (assuming  the
corporation  has been in  existence  for at least three years) with net tangible
assets of less than  $2,000,000 or an equity  security of an issuer with average
revenues in the last three fiscal years of less than $6,000,000, as indicated in
audited financial statements.  Subject to certain limited exceptions,  the rules
for any transaction involving a "penny stock" require the delivery, prior to the
transaction,  of a risk  disclosure  document  prepared by the  Commission  that
contains certain information describing the

                                       17

<PAGE>
nature and level of risk associated with  investments in the penny stock market.
The  broker-dealer  also  must  disclose  the  commissions  payable  to both the
broker-dealer and the registered  representative  and current quotations for the
securities.  Monthly  account  statements  must  be  sent  by the  broker-dealer
disclosing the estimated market value of each penny stock held in the account or
indicating that the estimated  market value cannot be determined  because of the
unavailability  of firm quotes.  In addition,  the rules impose additional sales
practice  requirements  on  broker-dealers  who sell such  securities to persons
other  than  established   customers  and  institutional   accredited  investors
(generally  institutions  with assets in excess of $5,000,000).  These practices
require  that,  prior  to  the  purchase,  the  broker-dealer   determined  that
transactions  in penny stocks were  suitable for the  purchaser and obtained the
purchaser's written consent to the transaction.  Consequently, the "penny stock"
rules may in the  future  restrict  the  ability of  broker-dealers  to sell the
Company's securities and may affect the ability of purchasers in the offering to
sell the Company's securities in the secondary market.

         RESTRICTIONS ON THE  REPRESENTATIVE'S  MARKET MAKING  ACTIVITIES DURING
WARRANT  SOLICITATION AND THE OFFERING.  The Representative has the right to act
as the  Company's  sole  agent in  connection  with any future  solicitation  of
warrant holders to exercise their Class A Warrants.  Unless granted an exemption
by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  from  Regulation M (formerly  Rule
10b-6)  promulgated under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  the
Representative will be prohibited from engaging in any market-making  activities
with regard to the Company's  securities  for a period of time before and during
the Offering and warrant  solicitation  period. Such limitation could impair the
liquidity and market prices of the Company's  securities.  See  "Description  of
Securities."

         POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF REDEMPTION OR EXERCISE OF CLASS A WARRANTS.
The Class A Warrants,  Preferred  Warrants  and Series 1 Preferred  Stock may be
redeemed by the Company under certain circumstances.  Should the Company provide
a notice of redemption,  the holders  thereof would be forced to either exercise
or convert the applicable  security at a time when it may be disadvantageous for
them to do so, sell the applicable security at the then current market price, or
accept the redemption  price,  which may be  substantially  less than the market
value of the  applicable  security.  In  addition,  the  exercise of the Class A
Warrants or the  conversion  of the  Preferred  Warrants  and Series 1 Preferred
Stock may have an adverse effect on the market price of the Company's securities
should a public trading market develop. Also, while the aforesaid securities are
outstanding,  the Company may find it more difficult to raise additional capital
upon favorable  terms because of the potential for the exercise or conversion of
the Class A  Warrants  or  conversion  of the  Preferred  Warrants  and Series 1
Preferred  Stock  to be  dilutive  to  future  investors.  See  "Description  of
Securities."

         UNREGISTERED SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR IMMEDIATE AND FOR FUTURE SALE.
 Duncan Hill holds 2,251,075 shares of the Company's Common Stock and 5,000,000
shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock  (collectively  the "Restricted
Securities").  These securities held by Duncan Hill are "restricted  securities"
as that term is defined by Rule 144 of the Securities  Act. Such  securities may
only be sold in compliance with the

                                       18

<PAGE>
provisions  of Rule 144 unless  otherwise  registered  by the  Company or exempt
under the Act.  Furthermore,  Duncan Hill has agreed with the Representative not
to sell or otherwise  transfer  the  Restricted  Securities  until June 26, 1999
unless earlier permitted by the  Representative.  While there are no agreements,
arrangements  or  understandings  with  Duncan  Hill with  respect  to the early
release of the lock-up,  previously the  Representative has released the lock-up
for Duncan Hill for a total of 148,925  shares,  which have been sold under Rule
144. In making its decision to release the lock-up, the Representative evaluates
the totality of the facts and circumstances  that exist at the time the decision
is made,  including,  without  limitation,  market demand for the securities and
trading volume. The possible or actual future sales of the Restricted Securities
under Rule 144 may have an adverse  effect on the market price of the  Company's
securities. See "Unregistered Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

   
         CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION REQUIRED TO EXERCISE
CLASS A WARRANTS.  The Company  will be able to issue shares of its Common Stock
upon exercise of the Class A Warrants only if there is then a current prospectus
relating to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of the Class A
Warrants under an effective  registration  statement  filed with the Commission,
and only if such shares of Common  Stock are  qualified  for sale or exempt from
qualification  under  applicable  state  securities laws of the  jurisdiction in
which the various holders of the Class A Warrants  reside.  Although the Company
has agreed to use its best efforts to meet such regulatory  requirements,  there
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so. The Class A Warrants
may be deprived of any value if a prospectus covering the shares of Common Stock
issuable upon their exercise is not kept effective or replaced or if such shares
of Common Stock are not or cannot be qualified or exempt from  qualification  in
the jurisdictions in which the holders of the Class A Warrants reside. As of the
date of this  Prospectus,  the Company  anticipates that the exercise of Class A
Warrants  will be  qualified  for sale or exempt  from  qualification  only in a
limited number of states which include Colorado, Connecticut, Delaware, District
of Columbia, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois,  Louisiana, New York, Rhode Island, Utah
and Virginia. See "Description of Securities."
    

         CURRENT PROSPECTUS AND STATE BLUE SKY REGISTRATION REQUIRED TO EXERCISE
PREFERRED  WARRANTS.  The Company  will be able to issue  shares of its Series 1
Preferred Stock upon exercise of the Preferred  Warrants only if there is then a
current  prospectus  relating to the shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock issuable
upon the exercise of the  Preferred  Warrants  under an  effective  registration
statement  filed with the  Commission,  and only if the Shares are qualified for
sale or exempt from qualification  under applicable state securities laws of the
jurisdiction  in which the various  holders of the  Preferred  Warrants  reside.
Although the Company has agreed to use its best efforts to meet such  regulatory
requirements,  there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so.
The Preferred Warrants may be deprived of any value if a prospectus covering the
Shares  issuable upon their  exercise is not kept effective or if such shares of
Series  1  Preferred  Stock  are not or  cannot  be  qualified  or  exempt  from
qualification  in the  jurisdictions  in  which  the  holders  of the  Preferred
Warrants reside. As of the date of this Prospectus, the Company anticipates that
the exercise of  Preferred  Warrants  will be qualified  for sale or exempt from
qualification only in a limited number of states which

                                       19

<PAGE>
     include Colorado,  Connecticut,  Delaware,  District of Columbia,  Florida,
Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, Louisiana, New York, Rhode Island, Utah and Virginia.
See "Description of Securities."

     NO SINKING FUND.  The Company is not required to provide for the retirement
or redemption of the Series 1 Preferred Stock through the operation of a sinking
fund.



                                       20

<PAGE>
                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

         The net  proceeds to be received  from the sale of 400,000  Units after
deduction  of  offering  expenses  estimated  at a maximum of  $500,000  will be
approximately  $1,500,000.  The Company  intends to use the net  proceeds of the
Offering, over at least the next twelve months approximately as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             Approximate                           Approximate
                                                               Amount of                         Percentage of
                                                            Net Proceeds                          Net Proceeds
<S>               <C>                                       <C>                                            <C>
Purchase Inventory(1)                                       $    600,000                                    40%
Reduction of Accounts Payable(2)                                 400,000                                    27
Establishment of New
   
 Operation Center(3)                                             205,000                                    14
Leasehold Improvements for
    
  "Kids Catalog Outlet" retail
   store(4)                                                       33,000                                     2
Website Production and
   Development(5)                                                 40,000                                     2
Working Capital (6)                                              222,000                                    15 
                                                       -----------------                                  ----
                   Total                                     $ 1,500,000                                  100%
                                                             ===========                                  ====
</TABLE>
- ----------------

     (1) The purchase of additional  inventory is to help the Company  eliminate
back orders and  cancellations  of  merchandise  due to  inventory  being out of
stock.

     (2)  Reduction  of accounts  payable by $400,000  will  satisfy many of the
Company's invoices that are over 90 days old.

     (3)  The  Company   intends  to  establish  a  new  operations   center  of
approximately  34,000 square feet in early 1999. This operation center, which is
expected  to  be  located  in or  about  Canton,  Ohio,  will  include  customer
relations,  order  entry and  warehouse  and  distribution  operations  and will
replace its existing warehouse facility. Moving costs are estimated at $35,000.

   
     (4) The Company has recently  opened a retail outlet store in Canton,  Ohio
to sell merchandise that has not been sold through its catalogs.  The $33,000 is
allocated to pay for the leasehold improvements that were made to the store.
    

     (5) The Company is seeking to establish a website for advertising and sales
of its products.

     (6) The Company intends to use such funds for general  corporate  purposes.
In the event any Class A Warrants or Preferred Warrants are exercised,  of which
no assurances can be given in this regard,  such funds would be added to working
capital. See "Risk Factors."

                                       21

<PAGE>
The  allocation  of  proceeds  described  in "Use of  Proceeds"  represents  the
Company's  best estimate of its  allocation  based upon the current state of its
business,  operations and plans,  current business  conditions and the Company's
evaluation of its industry. Future events, including problems,  delays, expenses
and complications  which may be encountered,  changes in economic or competitive
conditions  and the result of the Company's  sales and marketing  activities may
make shifts in the allocation of funds necessarily desirable.  Management of the
Company will have broad  discretion in the application of  substantially  all of
such proceeds. See "Risk Factors."


DIVIDEND POLICY


         The  Company  currently  intends to retain any  earnings to finance the
development  and  expansion of the  Company's  business and does not  anticipate
paying any cash  dividends in the  foreseeable  future,  except  possibly on its
Series 1 Preferred  Stock.  The declaration and payment of cash dividends by the
Company are subject to the  discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company.
Any future  determination  to pay cash  dividends  will depend on the  Company's
results of operations,  financial condition,  capital requirements,  contractual
restrictions  and  other  factors  deemed  relevant  at the time by the Board of
Directors.  The Company is not currently subject to any contractual arrangements
which  restricts  its ability to pay cash  dividends.  The Company  reserves the
right to pay dividends on its Series 1 Preferred  Stock by issuing  Common Stock
in lieu of cash dividends.


                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     This discussion  should be read in conjunction  with the information in the
financial  statements  of the Company and notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

     The Company  acquired its first catalog,  Perfectly Safe in January,  1990.
Since 1990,  the Perfectly  Safe Catalog has relied upon catalog  circulation to
acquire  new  customers  and to provide  its  revenue  base.  During  1990,  the
Perfectly  Safe  Catalog   generated   $1,473,000  in  net  sales  from  catalog
circulation of approximately 900,000 catalogs. Catalog circulation was increased
each year  through  1994,  when the  Company  mailed 3.7  million  catalogs  and
generated $5.0 million in net sales.

     During the first quarter of 1995,  the Company  created its Jeannie's  Kids
Club's Catalog,  which offers popular children's  products at discounts of up to
60% of the price charged by other children's  catalogs for the same product.  To
make a purchase at the  discounted  price,  the customer must become a member of
Jeannie's Kids Club which costs $18 per year.  Subject to cancellation,  expired
credit card or change of address,  a renewal is  automatically  billed to a club
member's credit card prior to the membership's expiration.  The Company believes
that its cost of generating a renewal is less than 10% of the

                                       22

<PAGE>
renewal fee of $18 and thus  favorably  impacts the potential  profitability  of
Jeannie's Kids Club operation.

     The first  Jeannie's  Kids Club  Catalog was mailed in July,  1995.  In its
first six months of operation  (six months ended  December 31, 1995),  Jeannie's
Kids Club generated  just over $1 million in net sales,  or 18% of the Company's
net sales for the year 1995.  The  Perfectly  Safe  Catalog  on the other  hand,
experienced  a reduction  in sales from $5.0  million in 1994 to $4.7 million in
1995.  The Company  believes  that the decrease in sales was  attributable  to a
competitive  reaction caused by the introduction of Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog.
Prior to the introduction of Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog,  the Company exchanged
mailing lists with three other children's catalogs, which provided approximately
17% of the  catalog  circulation  and  resulting  sales for the  Perfectly  Safe
Catalog.  When the Company  introduced  Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog,  the three
children's  catalogs  referenced above refused to rent or exchange mailing lists
with the Company for competitive reasons, which reduced Perfectly Safe's Catalog
circulation  and revenues in this  segment of the  business.  During  1997,  the
Company has  identified  other  mailing  lists which have helped to increase the
circulation and revenues of The Perfectly Safe Catalog.

     In July 1997, the Company  acquired from Baby Co., The Natural Baby Catalog
utilizing the proceeds of the Company's  initial  public  offering.  The Natural
Baby Catalog  offers  children's  clothing  and toys made of natural  materials.
During the second half of 1997, The Natural Baby Catalog  generated $3.8 million
in net sales on orders of 55,188,  (an average order of approximately  $68). The
Company is seeking to  increase  circulation  while  generating  the same,  or a
higher, average order.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   
Nine months ended September 30, 1998 compared to the nine months ended September
30, 1997.

     Sales for the nine  months  ended  September  30, 1998  increased  48.9% to
$9,834,362, compared with $6,606,678 for the same period of 1997. Net income for
the first nine months of 1998  improved to $140,954  compared with a net loss of
($95,261) for the same period in 1997.
    


     Approximately  85% of the Company's  increased  revenues were attributed to
The Natural Baby Catalog.  Combined  revenues from the Company's  Perfectly Safe
and Kids Club catalogs increased 15% compared with 1997, producing the remainder
of its overall revenue increase.

   
     Cost of sales  increased  from 58.2% of net sales in 1997 to 59.0% in 1998.
The change is  attributable  to the  shipping  rate  increase  imposed by United
Parcel Service this year. The Company  increased  shipping  charges to customers
the second quarter of 1998 to offset this increase.
    


                                       23

<PAGE>
   
     Selling expenses, consisting of advertising and marketing costs, were 27.7%
of net sales in the first nine months of 1998, compared with 31.3% in 1997. This
11.3%  reduction in selling  expense as a percentage of net sales,  reflects the
impact of The Natural Baby Catalog,  whose selling  expenses are less than those
of  the  Company's   other  catalogs   because  of  the  higher  average  order.
Additionally,  the Company  improved the  productivity of its Perfectly Safe and
Kids Club  catalog  mailings  during the first half of 1998,  which  resulted in
lower selling expenses compared with the first half of 1997.

     General and Administrative expenses increased by $464,902 from 10.4% of net
sales in 1997 to 11.7% in 1998. As a result of the Natural Baby acquisition, the
growth of the Company's  operation has given rise to higher support costs. Costs
of  outside  legal  and  accounting  services  have  increased  because  of  the
compliance  requirements  associated  with being a public  company.  General and
administrative  costs are also  affected  by services  the  Company  provides to
Havana, an affiliated company.  During the first nine months of 1998 the Company
charged  Havana  $218,500  including  order  fulfillment  costs,  as compared to
approximately $205,000 allocated last year.
    



       
                                       24

<PAGE>
Year ended December 31, 1997 compared to the year ended December 31, 1996.

     Total net sales for the year ended December 31, 1997 increased  $4,377,606,
or 65.9%, to  $11,016,601,  compared with $6,638,995 for the year ended December
31,  1996.  Net  sales  include  sales  from  merchandise,  Jeannie's  Kids Club
memberships,  shipping and handling  charges,  and mailing  list  rentals.  This
increase is mainly  attributable to the acquisition from Baby Co. of The Natural
Baby Catalog on July 2, 1997,  and the resulting net sales of $3,811,894 for the
six months ended  December 31, 1997. The net sales of the Perfectly Safe Catalog
increased from $2,717,056 for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $3,937,809 for
the year ended  December  31, 1997.  This  increase is  attributable  to a 26.9%
increase in catalog  circulation  from  1,595,890  catalogs  mailed to 2,025,375
catalogs mailed during 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  and also to an increase in
net revenue per book mailed of 14%, from $1.70 per book during 1996 to $1.94 per
book in 1997.  This  increase was offset by a decrease in net sales of Jeannie's
Kids Club,  which  decreased  from  $3,921,434 to $3,202,238 for the years ended
December 31, 1996 and 1997, respectively. The circulation of Jeannie's Kids Club
was reduced from  2,372,891 to 1,432,716  for the years ended  December 31, 1996
and 1997, respectively.

     Cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales,  decreased 1.5% from 63.3% for
the year ended  December 31, 1996 to 61.8% for the year ended December 31, 1997.
The Company  attributes  this  decrease to  increased  fulfillment  efficiencies
resulting  from the addition from Baby Co. of The Natural Baby  Catalog.  During
the fourth  quarter,  the Company  recorded a charge to earnings of $105,000 for
obsolete inventory.

     Selling expenses, which consists of advertising and other marketing related
expenses,  decreased 6.1% as a percentage of net sales,  from 33.0% to 26.9% for
the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively.  This decrease is due
to the Perfectly Safe net revenue per catalog increasing from $1.70 to $1.94 for
the years ended  December 31, 1996 and 1997,  respectively,  Jeannie's Kids Club
net revenue per catalog

                                       25

<PAGE>
increasing  from $1.65 to $2.24,  for the same periods,  and the addition of The
Natural Baby Catalog.

     General and administrative expenses were $1,077,041,  or 9.8% of net sales,
for the year ended December 31, 1997, and $712,515,  or 10.7% of net sales,  for
the same period of 1996.  This  dollar  increase is  attributable  to  increased
legal,  accounting and consulting fees relating to the Company  becoming public,
increased  wages and  expenses  for the  relocation  of The Natural Baby Catalog
operations from Trenton, New Jersey, to the Company's Canton, Ohio facility. The
Company believes that its general and administrative  functions have become more
efficient and cost effective  since the  integration of The Natural Baby Catalog
operations  and the completion of the learning curve relating to the new product
line is complete.  General and  administrative  expenses for 1996 were  incurred
substantially by Duncan Hill, and allocated to the Company  consistent with past
practices,  under which  Duncan Hill  allocated  its general and  administrative
expenses to its  operating  subsidiaries  on a pro rata basis  determined by the
percentage of total assets of the various operating  subsidiaries,  exclusive of
the assets of Duncan Hill. For 1996, the Company's  allocation was 69% of Duncan
Hill's total general and administrative  expenses.  Effective June 30, 1996, the
Company  began a six  month  transition  period  to  handle  certain  of its own
administrative functions, directly. Effective January 1, 1997, the Company began
handling  administrative   functions  for  Havana.  General  and  administrative
expenses  incurred by the Company are  allocated to Havana,  on a pro rata basis
determined  by the  percentage  of total  assets  of  Havana  and the  operating
divisions  of the  Company.  For the six months  ended June 30,  1997,  Havana's
allocation was 33% of the Company's total general and  administrative  expenses.
For the  year  ended  December  31,  1997,  Havana's  allocation  was 21% of the
Company's total general and administrative  expenses,  due to the acquisition of
The Natural Baby Catalog.

     Net income for the year ended December 31, 1997 was $50,097,  or .5% of net
sales,  compared  to a net loss of  $521,640,  or 7.9% of net sales for the same
period  of 1996.  The  Company  attributes  this  increase  to the  increase  in
revenues,  the  acquisition of The Natural Baby Catalog,  and decreased  selling
expenses as a percentage of net sales.

     Selected  financial  information  for Baby Co. relating to The Natural Baby
Catalog for the six months  ended June 30, 1997 and the year ended  December 31,
1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                        Six months ended                    Year ended
                                         June 30, 1997                  December 31, 1996
                                         ---- --- ----                  -------- --- ----



<S>                                           <C>                           <C>       
Total revenues                                $2,938,276                    $6,451,215
Net income                                       248,738                       558,649
Total assets                                     760,065                       915,275
</TABLE>



                                       26

<PAGE>
     On a pro forma  basis,  assuming  the Company had acquired The Natural Baby
Catalog  from Baby Co.  at the  beginning  of fiscal  year  1996,  the  combined
operations would have resulted in combined net sales of $13,954,877,  net income
of  $298,835,  and net  income per share of common  stock of $.08,  for the year
ended  December 31, 1997 and combined  net sales of  $13,090,210,  net income of
$37,009,  and net income per share of common  stock of $.01,  for the year ended
December 31, 1996.

     The  Company  believes  that its  consolidation  of the  operations  of The
Natural Baby  Catalog with the Company has realized  savings in direct labor and
general and administrative  areas. The Company estimates that $200,000 in direct
labor  savings  and  $450,000  in  general  and  administrative  savings  can be
realized, on an annual basis, exclusive of additional expenses which the Company
is  incurring  as a  public  entity,  estimated  to  be  $250,000  annually.  No
assurances  can be given that the Company will be  successful  in obtaining  the
aforesaid savings on an annual basis.

     In July 1997,  the operations of The Natural Baby Catalog were relocated to
the Company's Canton,  Ohio facilities,  including  inventories,  telemarketing,
customer  service and  fulfillment.  The cost of this  relocation  resulted in a
charge to earnings of $50,000.



                                       27

<PAGE>
Year ended December 31, 1996 compared to the year ended December 31, 1995.

     Total net sales for the year ended December 31, 1996 increased $914,658, or
16%, to  $6,638,995,  compared with  $5,724,337  during the year 1995. Net sales
include sales from  merchandise,  Jeannie's Kids Club  membership,  shipping and
handling charges, and mailing list rentals. The net sales of Jeannie's Kids Club
increased  from  $1,033,805 in 1995 to $3,921,939 in 1996.  That increase in net
sales of Jeannie's Kids Club in 1996 was partially offset by a decrease in sales
of  the  Perfectly  Safe  Catalog,   which  declined  $1,973,476  or  42.1%,  to
$2,717,056, compared with $4,690,532 in 1995.

     The Company's total catalog  circulation was  approximately  3.8 million in
each of 1995 and 1996.  The Company  introduced  Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog in
July 1995 and mailed  708,804  catalogs in the second half of 1995 and 2,372,891
catalogs  in  1996,  which  accounted  for 18% and  59.8% of its  total  catalog
mailings in 1995 and 1996, respectively.  The Company reduced the circulation of
its Perfectly Safe Catalog 51.2% from 3.2 million in 1995 to 1.6 million in 1996
consistent with its plan to allocate more of its available resources to building
Jeannie's  Kids Club, as discussed  above.  Gross revenue per catalog  mailed in
1996  increased  15.9% to $1.75 per book,  versus  $1.51 for 1995.  The  Company
attributes  the higher  revenue  per  catalog  mailed to the  relatively  higher
Jeannie's Kids Club average order and percentage response rates.

     At December 31, 1996 the Company had 180,124 total households available for
purposes of list rental to other catalogs,  which are non-competitive or compete
with the  Company to a lesser  extent.  Total  households  are  defined as those
households  purchasing  from the  Company  in the  past 24  months,  and  rental
selections may be made on the basis of purchases  within 24, 12, 6, or 3 months.
List rental rates charged by the Company are $85.00 per thousand  households for
24 months buyers, and increase to

                                       28

<PAGE>
$100.00 per thousand  households for three month "hotline"  buyers.  The Company
pays a 30% brokerage commission on published rates. For the years ended December
31,  1996  and  1995,  the net  list  rental  income  was  $79,240  and  $84,093
respectively.  The  decrease in revenue of 5.8% is  attributable  to the Company
changing  list  brokerage  firms in 1996,  with a  resulting  30 day  period  of
inactivity during the cross over phase.

     Cost of sales,  as a percentage of net sales,  was 63.3% and 61.8% for 1996
and  1995,  respectively.  Cost of sales  consists  of cost of  merchandise  and
fulfillment.  The increase was primarily due to increased  costs of merchandise,
which  rose from 40.2% of net sales to 42.9% in 1996.  Merchandise  costs of the
Company's  Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog are a relatively higher percentage of net
sales,  as merchandise is sold on a discounted  basis,  while  Perfectly  Safe's
generally is not.  Accordingly,  the  increase of Jeannie's  Kids Club net sales
from 18% of the Company's total net sales in 1995 to 59% in 1996 resulted in the
Company's  increased costs of merchandise in 1996, as a percentage of net sales.
The  merchandise  cost  increases  were  partially  offset by a decrease  in the
Company's  cost  of  fulfillment  equal  to 1.2% of net  sales,  as  fulfillment
expenses  fell  from  21.6% of net  sales in 1995 to 20.4% of net sales in 1996.
Fulfillment  expense  consists of costs of shipping,  direct  labor,  packaging,
order  entry  and  800  line  telephone  costs.  The  Company  experienced  cost
reductions in this area primarily from a decrease in shipping costs,  which fell
4.6% from 1995 to 1996. While outbound shipping costs fluctuate with the package
size and number of  shipments  per  order,  the  decrease  was  affected  by the
reduction of the Company's  number of shipments per order which fell from 1.6 in
1995 to 1.4 in 1996.

     Selling  expenses  increased 9.7% from  $1,998,502 in 1995 to $2,193,219 in
1996.  Selling  expenses  consist of  advertising  and other  marketing  related
expenses.  The  increase  in 1996 is  primarily  attributable  to the  Company's
revenue increase of 16% from 1995 to 1996. Selling expenses,  as a percentage of
net sales,  were 33% and 34.9% for 1996 and 1995,  respectively.  The  Company's
Perfectly  Safe Catalog  experienced  an increase,  on a  percentage  basis,  in
advertising  expense  of 2.5% of net  sales  from  29.7% of net sales in 1995 to
32.2% in 1996.  This increase was primarily  attributable to the less profitable
mix of mailing lists in 1996 than 1995. Advertising expense consists of the cost
of producing the catalogs,  postage,  mailing  preparation  and outside  mailing
lists rented by the Company.  Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog  recorded  advertising
expenses  of  28.9% of net  sales  in 1996  compared  with  46.8% in 1995.  This
decrease is attributable to the fact that 1995 was the initial inception year of
Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog and the Company incurred initial non recurring costs
of developing  Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog,  such as research and  development,
market testing and design of the catalogs in the amount of $392,495.

     The Company believes that its general and administrative  expenses are high
relative to its revenue base. General and administrative expenses were $684,615,
or 12.0% of net sales,  in fiscal 1995 and $712,515,  or 10.7% of net sales,  in
fiscal 1996.  This increase is  attributable to the increase in revenues in 1996
from 1995. The Company  believes that its general and  administrative  functions
will become more efficient and cost effective upon absorbing the revenue base of
The Natural Baby Catalog, which the

                                       29

<PAGE>
Company believes can be accomplished with  significantly less than proportionate
increases in general and  administrative  expenses.  General and  administrative
expenses for 1995 and for 1996 were  substantially  all incurred by Duncan Hill,
and allocated to the Company consistent with past practices,  under which Duncan
Hill  allocated  its  general  and  administrative  expenses  to  its  operating
subsidiaries on a pro rata basis determined by the percentage of total assets of
the various operating subsidiaries, exclusive of the assets of Duncan Hill. As a
result of the reorganization in which the Company succeeded to the operations of
Perfectly Safe and acquired  certain assets of Duncan Hill, the Company began to
directly handle certain of its own  administrative  functions during a six month
transition  period ended  December 31, 1996. In 1995 and for 1996, the Company's
allocation was 69% of Duncan Hill's total general and administrative expense.

     Net losses for the year ended December 31, 1996 were  $521,640,  or 7.9% of
sales, compared with net losses of $536,992, or 9.4% of sales for the year ended
December 31, 1995. The Company  attributes this slight decrease to the growth in
1996 of  Jeannie's  Kids  Club  membership  base and the  increase  in  revenues
associated therewith

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   
     At September  30, 1998,  the  Company'  accumulated  deficit was reduced by
$140,954  from  December  31,  1997  because of the first nine  months  earnings
performance.
    

       
                                       30

<PAGE>
       
   
     During  the  nine  months  ended  September  30,  1998 , cash  provided  by
operating activities included net income from operations and non-cash charges of
$132,505 for depreciation and amortization. The largest users of working capital
were  inventory  increases  and increased  deferred  catalog  expense,  totaling
$478,508. Higher volume mailings of catalogs, as compared to 1997, accounted for
the increased deferred expense and inventory needs. During the nine months ended
September  30, 1998,  the Company used cash in investing  activities to purchase
property and equipment and to make an  investment  in catalog  artwork  totaling
$176,670. During the nine months ended September 30, 1998, net cash was provided
by financing activities.  This is primarily a result of decreases in amounts due
from affiliates and borrowings under the Company's line-of-credit.

     During the nine  months  ended  September  30,  1997,  net cash was used in
operations. Cash was used in operating activities due to the Company's net loss.
Uses of working  capital  included an increase in  inventory  of $221,495 and in
increase in accounts receivable of $172,089 partially offset by such items as an
increase  in accounts  payable of $71,309 and a decrease in prepaid  expenses of
$52,311.  During the nine months  ended  September  30,  1997,  cash was used in
investing  activities  to purchase  property  and  equipment of $110,281 and the
Natural Baby Catalog business.  During the nine months ended September 30, 1997,
$1,727,792 was used by the Company to purchase such business.  Cash was provided
by  financing  activities  totaling  $1,859,669  which was used to  finance  the
purchase of The Natural Baby Catalog  business.  Such financing  activities were
substantially derived from the completion of an initial public
    

                                       31

<PAGE>
   
offering which resulted in net proceeds of $2,619,890 to the Company.  Decreases
to financing  activities included payments on long-term debt, purchase of Common
Stock and repayments of amounts due to affiliates.

     At October 12, 1998, the balance of the Company's credit line was $762,000.
The Company's  current credit line is $800,000,  payable on demand.  The line is
secured by the assets of the Company and its  affiliated  companies,  Havana and
Duncan Hill,  and is  guaranteed  by W. Miller,  the  Company'  Chief  Executive
Officer.  The  interest  rate is 1% over prime.  It is the policy of the bank to
review the credit facility annually,  and to require that the Company maintain a
zero balance on the credit line for a period of thirty consecutive days sometime
during the course of each year.  The bank has agreed to waive the "zero balance"
required for the fiscal 1997 and 1998 loan years because the  Company's  current
cash flow would not allow it to comply before then. See "Risk Factors."
    

     At December  31,  1997,  the Company had a deficit in retained  earnings of
$1,402,583,  compared with a deficit of  $1,452,680  at December 31, 1996.  This
increase  resulted from a net profit of $50,097 for the year ended  December 31,
1997.

     For the year ended  December 31, 1997,  the operating  activities  consumed
$576,038 in cash  through  increases  in accounts  receivable,  inventories  and
prepaid expenses , but provided  $553,709 in cash through a decrease in deferred
catalog  expense,  and an increase in accounts  payable,  customer  advances and
other.  The net effect of these changes and non cash charges of $80,687 relating
to depreciation and amortization, when added to the net profit was a decrease in
the Company's cash position,  so that net cash provided by operating  activities
was $108,455.

     For the year ended  December 31, 1997, the Company's  financing  activities
provided  $1,497,636  in cash,  with  $2,619,890  from the sale of common stock,
$21,000  from  borrowings  on the  Company's  bank credit  line,  $43,782 from a
decrease in prepaid  amounts for the public offering and $5,000 from the sale of
preferred  stock,  while  using  $718,035  from  changes in current  obligations
to/from  affiliates,  $107,143 for the repurchase of the Company's  Common Stock
from bridge  lenders  relating to the  Company's  initial  public  offering  and
$366,858 from the repayment of debt, $266,858 which was paid to related parties.

     For the year ended  December  31,  1997,  the  combined  effect of net cash
provided by operating  activities  of $108,455,  net cash  provided by financing
activities of $1,497,636, and investments in fixed assets and the acquisition of
The Natural Baby Catalog  totaling  $1,752,845,  decreased cash from $248,648 to
$101,894 at December 31, 1997.

     Effective  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  was formed by Duncan Hill for the
purpose of acquiring  certain operating assets of Duncan Hill and the children's
catalog  business of Perfectly  Safe.  The Company paid for those assets through
the  assumption  of Perfectly  Safe  liabilities  and Duncan Hill's bank line of
credit,  by a promissory note payable to Duncan Hill and by preferred and common
stock of the Company. The first installment of

                                       32

<PAGE>
the  promissory  note to Duncan Hill in the  principal  amount of $66,858,  plus
accrued  interest,  was paid on July 7,  1997 with the next  installment  in the
amount of $100,000 due on June 30, 1998, together with accrued interest.

     In order to finance its most recent  operations,  the Company  entered into
certain  private  financing  agreements  commencing  in October,  1996.  In that
regard,  the Company issued 8% promissory  notes in the amount of $125,000 to be
repaid with a portion of the  proceeds  from its  initial  public  offering,  8%
promissory  notes in the amount of $75,000,  convertible upon the effective date
of the Company's  initial  public  offering into Warrants to purchase  1,500,000
shares of Common Stock (the "8% Convertible  Notes") and 1,300,000 shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock  for  $162,500.  Subsequently,  the  holders  of the 8%
Convertible Notes, at the request of the Representative  agreed to accept a cash
payment at the  closing of the  initial  public  offering  in the face amount of
$75,000,  plus accrued  interest at 8% per annum,  in lieu of the  conversion of
their notes into 1,500,000 Warrants. Also, in July 1997, the Company repurchased
857,144 shares of the Common Stock previously  issued in the private  financings
at a repurchase  price of $.125 per share.  On July 2, 1997,  the Company repaid
the 8%  promissory  notes in the  principal  amount of  $125,000,  plus  accrued
interest,  the 8%  Convertible  Notes in the principal  amount of $75,000,  plus
accrued interest,  and the payment of notes in the principal amount of $107,143,
plus accrued  interest for the  repurchase of the 857,144 shares of Common Stock
of the Company  mentioned  above,  out of the  proceeds  of its  initial  public
offering:

     The Company filed a registration statement in 1997 relating to the offering
by the Company of 300,000 units at an offering price of $12 per unit,  each unit
consisting  of two shares of Common  Stock,  $.001 par value,  and eight Class A
Warrants.  The Company's  initial public offering was declared  effective by the
Commission on June 26, 1997, and the proceeds were distributed to the Company on
July 2, 1997. See "Notes To Financial Statements - Note 7. Public Offering."

     On July 2, 1997, the Company  completed its acquisition of The Natural Baby
Catalog  from  Baby Co.  The  Company  paid the  following:  a cash  payment  of
$1,225,000 to the seller; a cash payment in the amount of $219,831 in payment of
a note  owed by Baby Co.  in the  principal  amount of  $197,603  together  with
accrued  interest in the amount of $22,228  through July 2, 1997; a cash payment
of  $50,134  to Core  States  Bank to pay off Baby  Co's  line of  credit in the
principal amount of $50,000 plus interest of $134; the assumption by the Company
of Baby Co.'s accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business which
was  approximately  $266,287  as of June  30,  1997;  assumption  of Baby  Co.'s
remaining lease obligations in the approximate  amount of $24,000 as of June 30,
1997;  a  convertible  promissory  note issued by the Company to Baby Co. in the
amount of $250,000  (Convertible  Note); a second  promissory  note in an amount
which  reflects the pre-tax  profits of Baby Co. in excess of $300,000  from the
date of completion  of the  acquisition  through  December 31, 1997 (the "Excess
Profit  Note");  70,000 shares of the  unregistered  Common Stock of the Company
issued to Baby Co.,  valued at $3.50 per share,  which are subject to a two year
lock-up until June 26, 1999; and, the agreement

                                       33

<PAGE>
on the part of W.  Miller to  guarantee  the  payments to be made by the Company
under the convertible note on the first and second anniversary dates.

     Effective  December 31, 1997, the Company paid $100,000 in exchange for the
cancellation  of both the $250,000  Convertible  Note and the Excess Profit Note
mentioned above. The Company also signed a four year non-compete  agreement with
the sellers at a cost of $130,000, payable over two years.

     In June,  1997,  the Company  replaced its data  processing  hardware.  The
Company is leasing the hardware at an annualized cost of approximately  $24,000.
Lease payments will be paid out of the Company's cash flow or working capital.

     The  Company  uses  the  intrinsic   value-based   method  for  stock-based
compensation to employees.  As a result,  this standard does not have any effect
to the Company's  financial  statements other than to require  disclosure of the
pro forma effect on net income  (loss) of using the fair  value-based  method of
accounting.

     Effective  January 1, 1998 the Company  adopted  SFAS No.  130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive  Income."  SFAS No. 130  establishes  new  standards for reporting
comprehensive income and its components.  The Company expects that comprehensive
income (loss) will not be materially different from net income (loss).

     In June 1997, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 131,
"Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information."  SFAS No.
131 changes the standards for reporting financial results by operating segments,
related products and services, geographic areas and major customers. The Company
must adopt SFAS No. 131 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. The Company
believes that the effect of adoption will not be material.

     The  Company  intends  to meet its cash  requirements  over the next  12-15
months
   
from cash generated from operations . Upon the completion of
    
                                       34

<PAGE>
       
   
     this Offering, the Company intends to seek to expand and/or restructure its
line-of-credit   with   its   existing   institutional   lender.   An   expanded
line-of-credit  together  with the  proceeds  of this  Offering  will be further
utilized for the growth of the Company. Utilizing the proceeds of this Offering,
the  Company  intends to  establish  a new  operations  center and  develop  and
establish a website. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business."

Year 2000 Issues

     Many existing  computer  programs use only two digits to identify a year in
the date field.  There programs were designed and developed without  considering
the  impact  of the  upcoming  change in the  century.  If not  corrected,  many
computer  applications  could fail or create erroneous results by or at the year
2000.  The Company is currently  working to correct its  computers  and does not
believe that the  expenditures  will  materially  adversely  impact the Company,
although no assurances  can be given in this regard.  The Company  purchases its
materials from numerous vendors. While the Company has not determined
    

                                       35

<PAGE>
whether all its vendors will be year 2000 compliant  before the problem  arises,
Management believes that since it is not dependent on any major vendor, that its
operations  will not be  materially  adversely  effected by the failure of a few
vendors to timely correct the problem.  However, no assurances can be given that
Management will be correct in its belief.


                               MARKET INFORMATION

   
     In June 1997, the Company sold Units to the public consisting of two shares
of Common Stock and eight Class A Warrants  (the "1997  Units").  The 1997 Units
were quoted from June 1997 to November 1997 and the  Company's  Common Stock and
Class A Common Stock  Purchase  Warrants  ("Class A Warrants")  have been quoted
since June 1997 on the OTC Electronic Bulletin Board of the National Association
of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")  under the  symbols  "KDST" and "KDSTW,
respectively."  As of November __, 1998 at 4:00 P.M.  Eastern Standard Time, the
last sale price of the Common Stock and Class A Warrants in the over-the-counter
market were $__ and $__, respectively.
    

     The  following  table  reflects  the  high  and low  sales  prices  for the
Company's  1997  Units,  Common  Stock  and  Class A  Warrants  for the  periods
indicated as reported by the NASD.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    1997 Units
         Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997:                       HIGH                               LOW
         ------ ---- ----- -------- --- ----                        ----                               ---
<S>                <C>                                             <C>                                <C>   
              June 1997                                            $62.00.............................$14.00
              Third Quarter                                         62.00............................  54.00
              October through November 1997                         50.00............................  35.00

                                                   Common Stock
         Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997:
              June 1997                                            $11.25.............................$ 5.00
              Third Quarter                                         10.00...............................4.00
              Fourth Quarter                                         7.50...............................5.25

         Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1998:
              First Quarter                                         $6.50............................. $3.625
              Second Quarter                                         5.135..............................2.375
              Third Quarter                                          4.5................................2.125



                                       36

<PAGE>
                                                  Class A Warrants
         Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1997:
              June 1997                                           $  6.00............................$  5.00
              Third Quarter                                          6.53........................... ...5.00
              Fourth Quarter                                         5.47.................................63

         Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 1998:
              First Quarter                                       $  2.25..............................$0.25
              Second Quarter                                         1.75.............................. 0.50
              Third Quarter                                          0.813..............................0.094
</TABLE>
          The quotations in the tables above reflect inter-dealer prices without
retail markups, markdowns or commissions.

          The Company  had 12 record  holders as of October 16, 1998 as reported
by its transfer agent (American  Stock Transfer & Trust Company).  The foregoing
does not include beneficial holders of the Company's Common Stock which are held
in "street name" (i.e. nominee accounts such as Depository Trust Company).


                                       37

<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

THE COMPANY

     The Company is a specialty  direct  marketer  which  publishes two catalogs
with an emphasis on children's  hardgood products (i.e.,  products not primarily
made from  fabrics) from  prenatal to age three.  The Company  believes that its
first  catalog,  "Perfectly  Safe,  The  Catalog  For  Parents Who Care," is the
nation's  only  catalog  devoted to child  safety,  child-proofing  the home and
safety-related products for the family. The Company has published Perfectly Safe
since 1990, and has circulated over 20 million catalogs and helped to childproof
over 350,000 homes to date. In 1995, the Company  introduced its second catalog,
"Jeannie's  Kids  Club," to broaden  its market  and to  introduce  a new direct
marketing concept in children's products.  Jeannie's Kids Club offers parents of
young children who become  members the  opportunity of saving up to 60% compared
to the price charged for the same products in other popular children's catalogs.
The current annual  membership fee is $18.00 per year. In July 1997, the Company
acquired The Natural Baby Catalog  from The Natural Baby  Company,  Inc.  ("Baby
Co.") which  specializes  in  children's  products  made from natural  fiber for
children ages prenatal to age three,  and consolidated its operations with those
of the Company.

HISTORY OF DUNCAN HILL

     The Company's principal stockholder,  Duncan Hill, was organized under Ohio
law in 1977 for the  purpose of  developing  and  marketing  a designer  line of
smoking  pipes,  tobacco  and  accessories.   Duncan  Hill  is  a  publicly-held
corporation  controlled  (approximately  68%) by William  Miller,  the Company's
Chief  Executive  Officer ("W.  Miller") and Jeanne E. Miller,  President of the
Company ("J. Miller"). In 1980, a Duncan Hill subsidiary, Highland Pipe Company,
acquired  the pipe  manufacturing  business of the Monarch Pipe Co., of Bristow,
Oklahoma, and subsequently changed its name to Monarch Pipe Co. ("Monarch").  In
1984,  the  business  of E.A.  Carey Co. of  Chicago,  a mail order  supplier of
smoking  products,  was  purchased by Duncan Hill through its  subsidiary,  E.A.
Carey of Ohio, Inc.  ("Carey").  Subsequently Carey acquired Monarch from Duncan
Hill. In December 1997, Carey  reincorporated  in Delaware through a merger with
its  then  newly  formed  wholly-owned   subsidiary,   The  Havana  Group,  Inc.
("Havana"),  with Havana as the Surviving Corporation.  Havana filed a Form SB-2
Registration  Statement  (File No. 333- 45863) and  completed an initial  public
offering of its securities on May 22, 1998 with Fairchild  Financial Group, Inc.
as the Managing Underwriter.  All references to Havana include the operations of
its predecessor, Carey and its subsidiary, Monarch.

     Perfectly Safe, Inc.  ("Perfectly  Safe") was formed by Duncan Hill in 1990
under Ohio law for the purpose of publishing The Perfectly  Safe Catalog,  which
was acquired from J. Miller in January  1990. J. Miller  purchased the Perfectly
Safe Catalog in 1988 from the catalog's creator.  In July, 1995,  Perfectly Safe
began to publish its second catalog, Jeannie's Kids Club.


                                       38

<PAGE>
         Prior to January 1, 1997, all fulfillment and  administrative  services
of Perfectly Safe were performed and paid for by Duncan Hill which also provided
similar services to its subsidiary,  Havana. Fulfillment services included order
taking,  order  processing,  customer  service,  warehouse packing and delivery,
telephone contracts and shipping contracts. Fulfillment services were charged to
Perfectly  Safe and Havana  based on the actual  cost.  Administrative  services
included wages and salaries of officers, accounting,  purchasing,  executive and
creative/marketing personnel. It also included all leases, contracts,  equipment
rentals and purchases,  audit,  legal,  data processing,  insurance and building
rent and maintenance.  The administrative costs were allocated by Duncan Hill to
Perfectly  Safe and Havana based upon the percentage of assets of each operating
subsidiary to the total assets of all operating subsidiaries.

THE REORGANIZATION

         Effective June 30, 1996, the Company  succeeded to the catalog business
of Jeannie's  Kids Club and Perfectly  Safe as a result of a  reorganization  in
which the  Company  acquired  from  Duncan  Hill the assets and  liabilities  of
Perfectly Safe, which was dissolved. The Company was incorporated by Duncan Hill
under  Delaware  law on  July  26,  1996  and  had no  operations  prior  to the
reorganization.

         Effective June 30, 1996, the Company also acquired from Duncan Hill the
assets used by Duncan Hill to perform the telemarketing, order fulfillment, data
processing and administrative functions, so that the Company could perform those
functions  itself.  The Company then entered into a six-month  transition period
ended  December  31,  1996  in  which  telemarketing,   data  processing,  order
fulfillment,  and administrative  functions were transferred from Duncan Hill to
the Company in a manner  consistent  with the  operational  requirements  of the
various  subsidiaries  of Duncan  Hill.  During this period  certain  costs were
allocated  by Duncan  Hill to the  Company,  and in return,  certain  costs were
allocated  by the Company to Duncan Hill and its other  subsidiaries,  depending
upon the transition status of the cost area involved.  In either case, the costs
were allocated pro rata in a manner  consistent with Duncan Hill's  practices in
existence prior to June 30, 1996.

         The purchase price of Perfectly Safe and the aforementioned Duncan Hill
assets acquired by the Company was $2,613,404,  payable as follows:  The Company
issued to Duncan  Hill a  Promissory  Note in the  principal  amount of $366,858
payable in four  annual  installments  commencing  June 30,  1997,  and  bearing
interest  at the  rate  of 8% per  annum.  The  principal  amount  of the  first
installment  was $66,858  (which has been paid) and is $100,000 for each ensuing
installment.  In addition, the Company issued to Duncan Hill 2,400,000 shares of
the Company's Common Stock valued at $.125 per share and 5,000,000 shares of the
Company's  Series A  Preferred  Stock  valued at $.001 per share.  Further,  the
Company agreed to assume all of the liabilities of Perfectly Safe as of June 30,
1996  in the  amount  of  $1,291,546,  as  well  as  Duncan  Hill's  outstanding
obligations  as of June 30,  1996  under its  credit  facility  in the amount of
$650,000.  Almost all of the borrowings  under the credit  facility were used to
support the Company's operations.



                                       39

<PAGE>
SERVICES PROVIDED TO HAVANA

         Since 1997,  the Company has provided  administrative  and  fulfillment
services to Havana.  During 1997, all  fulfillment  services were contracted and
paid by the  Company  and  charged  to  Havana  based on the  actual  cost.  All
administrative  costs were  allocated  between the Company and Havana based upon
the  percentage  of assets for each  respective  operating  company to the total
assets of both  operating  companies  with 33%  charged to Havana for the period
January 1, 1997  through  June 30, 1997 and 21% charged to Havana for the period
July 1, 1997 through  December  31, 1997.  Duncan Hill  incurred  certain  other
costs,  including  legal and outside  accounting/auditing  expenses,  which were
allocated  by Duncan Hill to the Company and Havana based on the same method and
percentages as described above.

         Effective  January 1, 1998,  Havana  entered into an agreement with the
Company whereby the Company will provide  administrative  functions to Havana at
an annual cost of $206,100  consisting  of:  $34,000 for  accounting and payroll
services, $51,600 for administration and human resource management,  $34,900 for
data  processing,  $32,200 for office  equipment and facilities use, $38,100 for
merchandising and marketing  services and $15,300 for purchasing  services.  The
Company will also provide fulfillment  services to Havana at a cost of $2.40 per
order processed.  The Company  calculated these fees based on actual 1997 costs.
Management  believes  these fees would  represent  actual  costs  should  Havana
undertake to provide these services itself.  Havana is also obligated to pay the
Company an amount  equal to 5% of Havana's  1998 pre-tax  profits as  additional
consideration for the Company providing  administrative and fulfillment services
to Havana. See "Certain Transactions."

ACQUISITION OF THE NATURAL BABY CATALOG

         In July 1997, the Company acquired the net assets and operations of The
Natural Baby Catalog from Baby Co., a mail order retailer of children's clothing
and toys.  This  acquisition  was funded with the net proceeds of the  Company's
initial public offering and has been accounted for as a purchase.  The aggregate
purchase price consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                                                                             <C>       
         Cash                                                                   $1,444,831
         Acquisition costs                                                         276,998
         Issuance of 70,000 Kids Stuff unregistered
            common shares to the former owners of
            Baby Co.                                                               245,000
         Note Payable                                                              100,000
                                    Total purchase price                        $2,066,829
</TABLE>

See "Certain  Transactions" and "Notes to Financial  Statements." All references
to the Company include the operations acquired by it from Perfectly Safe, Duncan
Hill and Baby Co. unless the context indicates otherwise.



                                       40

<PAGE>
Company's Operations

         The Company is a specialty direct marketer which publishes two catalogs
with an emphasis on children's  hardgood products (i.e.,  products not primarily
made from  fabrics)  from  prenatal  to age  three.  Based  upon a review of the
catalog  trade  publication  called "SRDS Direct  Marketing  List  Service," the
Company  believes  that its first  catalog,  "Perfectly  Safe,  The  Catalog For
Parents  Who  Care," is the  nation's  only  catalog  devoted  to child  safety,
child-proofing the home, and safety-related products for the family. Since 1990,
the Company has  published  over 20 million  Perfectly  Safe catalogs and helped
childproof over 350,000 homes.

         During July, 1995 the Company introduced  "Jeannie's Kids Club" catalog
to broaden  its  market  through a new direct  marketing  concept in  children's
products.  Jeannie's  Kids Club  offers  parents  who become  club  members  the
opportunity of saving up to 60% compared with the same products in other popular
children's catalogs. The current annual membership fee is $18.00.

         In July 1997, the Company acquired from Baby Co. its third catalog, The
Natural Baby Catalog,  which  specializes  in products made of natural fiber for
children  from  prenatal to age three.  The Natural  Baby  Catalog  carries both
hardgood  products and softgood  products  (i.e.,  products  primarily made from
fabrics).

KIDS CATALOG OUTLET

   
     The Company has recently  leased a retail store in Canton,  Ohio consisting
of  approximately  3,300  square feet of space.  In November  1998,  the Company
completed  the  installation  of  leasehold  improvements  and opened the retail
store.  The retail  store,  which is named "Kids Catalog  Outlet,"  features the
Company's  children's  clothing and other  merchandise  which have not been sold
through the Company's catalogs.
    

MARKET

         The Company's  market for children's goods is affected by the number of
births as well as women in the work  force.  The Company  believes  that a birth
rate of an  estimated  3.8 million  births per year and the high  percentage  of
women in the work  force  place an  emphasis  on the  convenience  and  value of
shopping by catalog.  There can be no  assurance  that the Company is correct in
such belief.

STRATEGIES

         The  Company   believes   that  its  expertise  in  the  marketing  and
merchandising of children's  products and its recent  acquisition of The Natural
Baby catalog  provides the basis for future  growth by the use of the  following
strategies:


                                       41

<PAGE>
     CONSOLIDATION  OF THE NATURAL  BABY'S  CATALOG INTO THE  OPERATIONS  OF THE
COMPANY. In 1997, the Company  consolidated the warehouse,  telemarketing,  data
processing  and  administrative  functions  of The Natural Baby Catalog into the
operations of the Company.

     EXPAND THE MEMBERSHIP OF JEANNIE'S KIDS CLUB.  Because  Jeannie's Kids Club
offers  popular  children's  products  for up to 60% less than other  children's
catalogs,  the Company believes that there is a substantial market for this type
of home  shopping  service and an  opportunity  to  substantially  increase  the
membership  of Jeannie's  Kids Club,  which went from  inception in July 1995 to
over 39,000 ;current members. Although there are costs associated with acquiring
the initial $18  membership  fee, the $18 annual  renewal of such  membership is
approximately  90% profit to the Company.  Under the terms of the Jeannie's Kids
Club  membership,  renewals are  automatically  billed to a member's credit card
prior to the expiration of the  membership.  The Company  intends to embark upon
vigorous  marketing  efforts  to  expand  Jeannie's  Kids Club  membership.  See
"Business-Marketing."

     MAINTAIN  THE GROWTH OF THE NATURAL BABY  CATALOG.  Revenues of The Natural
Baby Catalog have  increased  from $1.7 million in 1992 to $6.7 million in 1997.
The Company is satisfied  with the  performance  of The Natural Baby Catalog and
will endeavor to maintain  continuity in the merchandising and marketing of this
catalog.

     CUSTOMER ACQUISITION  PROGRAMS.  Historically,  the Company has relied upon
catalog  circulation  as the sole  method to acquire new  customers.  Due to the
relatively short life of the acquired  customer  (prenatal to age three) and the
increasing  costs of catalog  mailings,  the Company intends to test and develop
new methods of new customer  acquisition.  See "Marketing." The Company believes
that its future  growth and  profitability  will be largely  dependent  upon the
Company's ability to develop  alternative  customer  acquisition  programs.  See
"Risk Factors."

     RECENTLY REPLACED OUTDATED DATA PROCESSING SYSTEM. During 1997, the Company
replaced its computer  hardware at an annual lease cost of $24,000.  The Company
expects this upgrade to improve the efficiencies of its operations.  The Company
intends to periodically  review software  upgrade or replacement  anticipated to
cost approximately  $25,000 annually,  on a leased basis, but does not expect to
replace or upgrade the software until future periods.

     CATALOG ACQUISITIONS. The Company believes that, because of the cost driven
pressures to consolidate, there may be opportunities to acquire other children's
niche  catalogs.  The  Company,  however,  has no short  term  plans to make any
further  acquisitions and no assurances can be given that any acquisitions  will
be successfully completed in the future. See "Risk Factors."

     STABILIZE  THE  PERFORMANCE  OF PERFECTLY  SAFE.  In the past,  many of the
safety  products  carried by the Perfectly  Safe Catalog were  generally hard to
find and were not well-  stocked by retail  stores.  That is no longer the case.
See "Business-Competition." As a consequence of this competition,  the inability
of the Company to

                                       42

<PAGE>
access certain profitable mailing lists following the Company's  introduction of
Jeannie's  Kids Club,  and the  decision  of the  Company to devote  more of its
available  resources  to  building  the  mailing  list  and  membership  base of
Jeannie's Kids Club,  the future  performance of the Perfectly Safe Catalog will
be highly dependent upon the Company's  ability to more  efficiently  obtain new
customers through substantially reduced catalog mailings.

MERCHANDISING

         Through its Perfectly Safe Catalog,  the Company emphasizes quality and
safety and provides full price merchandise tested by the Company and backed by a
full satisfaction  warranty. The Perfectly Safe Catalog currently consists of 48
pages   containing   approximately   250   products,    principally   hardgoods,
approximately  52% of which directly  relates to child safety and child proofing
the home, with the balance consisting of safety tested convenience  products and
toys.  Unlike fashion  catalogs which change their mix of products offered based
upon  trends and  seasonality,  Perfectly  Safe  retains  proven  products.  The
merchandising  function for  Perfectly  Safe is handled by one of the  Company's
founders, J. Miller, the author of "The Perfectly Safe Home."

         During 1995, the Company used its  merchandise  expertise in children's
products to launch its Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog.  The target market  selected
by the Company is upper income parents who want quality,  value and  convenience
in products for their children. Jeannie's Kids Club Catalog consists of selected
popular quality  hardgoods  products from other  children's  catalogs offered at
discounts of up to 60%.  Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog  currently  consists of 48
pages containing approximately 300 products.

         The Natural  Baby  Catalog  emphasizes  alternative  hard and  softgood
products  for babies and their  parents.  The  catalog is 80 pages and  contains
approximately  400  products,  all of which are  natural  fiber,  non-toxic  and
environmentally safe. Approximately 28% of The Natural Baby Catalog product line
is exclusive or private label products.

         The ratio  between  hardgoods to softgoods  contained in the  Company's
three catalogs is approximately 3:1. Substantially all of the products contained
in The  Perfectly  Safe and  Jeannie's  Kids Club  Catalogs are  hardgoods.  The
Company continually identifies and tests new product categories that are natural
extensions  of the core  business  of its  catalogs.  Each  product  and product
category is measured for its revenue and  profitability,  with advertising costs
allocated to the product based upon the number of square inches of catalog pages
consumed  in  its  presentation.   Products  are  then  rated  by  profitability
performance   with  weaker   products   either   removed  or  altered  in  their
presentation.  Test products are selected  based upon the data  contained in the
analysis of similar or related products,  or sales and feature benefits that the
Company's  merchandising  team  feels  will  appeal to the  demographics  of the
intended catalog customer.

MARKETING

         The  Company  serves  the  children's  market at an age where the child
changes  rapidly and many of the products  become  functionally  obsolete within
months of the date

                                       43

<PAGE>
of purchase.  The Company's market for its catalog is primarily from prenatal to
age three. The Company maintains proprietary mailing lists of households with an
average  income in excess of $50,000  per year,  a proven  history of mail order
purchases  and a newborn in the house.  The number of customers who purchased in
1997 was over 53,000 for Perfectly  Safe,  and over 33,000 member and non-member
buyers for Jeannie's Kids Club.  (Non-member buyers are not entitled to purchase
Jeannie's  Kids Club  merchandise at a discount.) The Company also rents mailing
lists which meet the Company's  criteria from outside sources,  which consist of
independent list compilers,  as well as directly from other children's catalogs.
The  Company's  present cost of renting  mailing lists is $.09 per household per
use. The Company  believes that The Natural Baby Catalog's  mailing list rentals
are primarily from certain other children's catalogs based upon a proven history
of recent mail order purchases.

         In order to  select  those  households  most  likely to  purchase,  the
Company  uses a  statistical  modeling  system.  The Company  believes  that the
application of a statistical  modeling systems  increases the rate of percentage
response and profitability of The Natural Baby Catalog, although there can be no
assurance that the Company is correct in such belief.

         The Company  uses a selling  strategy  built  around two basic  selling
seasons: fall/winter and spring/summer. Each season requires changes of products
appropriate to the time period for the life of the catalog.  Catalogs are mailed
on a monthly basis in  approximately  equal  quantities,  with  clearance  sales
advertised on wrappers of selected catalog mailings. Monthly mailing quantities,
however,  are  subject to  significant  variations  due to changes in timing and
availability  of  rental  mailing  lists.  In 1997,  the  catalog  mailings  for
Perfectly   Safe  and  Jeannie's   Kids  Club  were   2,025,375  and  1,432,716,
respectively.

         The Natural Baby Catalog uses a selling strategy based upon three basic
selling  seasons:  spring,  summer and  fall/winter.  While  catalogs are mailed
monthly, lesser quantities are mailed monthly in the period February-June,  with
quantities  increasing during the fall/winter  season.  The Natural Baby Catalog
mailed approximately 1,242,000 catalogs during the second half of 1997.

         Due to a  continuing  increase  in  catalog  advertising  costs and the
relatively  short  customer  life,  the Company  believes  that it can no longer
afford to use catalog mailings as the sole method of customer name  acquisition.
After the  completion  of the  Offering,  the Company  intends to establish  and
develop a website to advertise and sell its products.
See "Use of Proceeds."

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND TELEMARKETING

         The Company  derives  approximately  80% of its revenue  through orders
placed  over  the  telephone  and  emphasizes   superior  customer  service  and
friendliness in its sales  representatives.  The Company's  method of receipt of
payment  includes major credit cards and checks.  The Company's return policy is
unconditional,  and provides that if a customer is not satisfied with his or her
purchase for any reason, it may be returned within 30 days

                                       44

<PAGE>
for a full refund or exchange. If a shipping error has occurred the Company will
issue  call  tags to pick up  merchandise  shipped  in  error  and  will  send a
corrected shipment.

         The Company  employs 29 full-time  and 8 part-time  warehouse  customer
service and  telemarketing  employees at October 12, 1998. During 1996 and 1997,
the Company  processed  over  708,497  telephone  orders,  catalog  requests and
service  requirements.  The Company also processes orders,  catalog requests and
service  requests  for  Havana.  The  Company  charges  Havana  $2.40  per order
processed. See "Certain Transactions."

FULFILLMENT AND DELIVERY

         The  Company's   fulfillment  and  delivery  objective  is  to  provide
excellent  customer  service  within  a  low  cost  structure.  Its  fulfillment
operations  consist of 23,000 square feet of leased  facilities in North Canton,
Ohio.  Orders  shipped are  individually  recorded and posted through the use of
barcode   scanners,   so  that  sales  records  and  credit  card  deposits  are
electronically posted. The Company's fulfillment center processed  approximately
286,000  shipments  in  1996,   approximately  302,000  shipments  in  1997  and
approximately 216,000 shipments in the eight months ended August 31, 1998.

INVENTORY/PURCHASING

         The Company  conducts its purchasing  operations at its general offices
in Canton, Ohio. Each catalog contains approximately 300 products.  Each product
is reviewed weekly through the use of computerized reports that provide detailed
information  regarding  inventory  value,  unit sales,  and purchasing  delivery
times.  Products  are ordered as required  for "just in time"  arrival  into the
Company's inventory.

PRODUCT SOURCING

         The Company acquires  products for resale in its catalogs from numerous
domestic  vendors.  No single  source  supplied  more than 10% of the  Company's
products in 1997. The Company  believes that no single source likewise  supplied
more than 10% of The Natural Baby Catalog products in 1997.

SEASONALITY

         Perfectly  Safe's revenues are not  significantly  impacted by seasonal
fluctuations,  as compared  to many other  retail and  catalog  operations.  The
Perfectly  Safe customer is believed to be generally the end user of the product
so purchases  are spread  throughout  the year,  rather than being  concentrated
between October and December,  as are traditional gift purchases.  The Company's
limited experience does not indicate that Jeannie's Kids Club's revenues will be
subject to significant seasonal fluctuation.  The Natural Baby Catalog, however,
appears to the Company to have a seasonal increase in the fourth quarter. During
the year  1997,  The  Natural  Baby  Catalog  sales in the fourth  quarter  were
approximately 34% of The Natural Baby Catalog total 1997 sales.



                                       45

<PAGE>
 INSTITUTIONAL CREDIT FACILITY

         Effective  June 30, 1996, the Company  assumed Duncan Hill's  liability
under Duncan  Hill's  $800,000  line of credit  facility  provided by the United
National Bank and Trust Company to the Company (the "Bank").  The Bank opened an
$800,000 line of credit in the Company's name  effective  December 31, 1996, and
simultaneously  terminated  Duncan  Hill's line of credit.  The $650,000  amount
outstanding  under Duncan Hill's line of credit was transferred upon termination
to the line of credit opened in the Company's name. Almost the entirety of those
borrowings were used to finance the Company's operations.  The line of credit is
for an open  term,  payable  upon  demand  and is  secured  by the assets of the
Company,  Duncan  Hill  and  Havana.  The  repayment  of the line of  credit  is
guaranteed  by W. Miller and Havana.  The amount  outstanding  under the line of
credit as of October 12, 1998 is approximately $762,000.  Interest is charged at
the rate of 1% over prime.

         It is the policy of the Bank to review the  credit  facility  annually,
and to require that the Company maintain a zero balance on the credit line for a
period of thirty  consecutive  days sometime during the course of each year. The
Bank agreed to waive the "zero  balance"  required for the fiscal 1997 and 1998.
See "Risk Factors."

COMPETITION

         The mail order catalog and retail clothing outlet industries are highly
competitive.  The Company's  catalogs  compete and its proposed  retail clothing
outlet store  intends to compete  generally  with other mail order  catalogs and
retail stores,  including department stores,  specialty stores,  discount stores
and mass merchants.  Many general and specialty catalog competitors,  as well as
retail stores, have substantially greater financial,  distribution and marketing
resources than the Company.  There are numerous  general and specialty  catalogs
selling  infants'  and  children's  items.  However,  based  upon  type of goods
offered, the Company considers its primary hardgood catalog  competition,  to be
"The Right Start Catalog," "One Step Ahead," "Sensational Beginnings," and "Hand
in Hand." "The Right  Start  Catalog"  and "One Step  Ahead" have  substantially
larger revenues than the Company,  even as adjusted to reflect  consolidation of
the revenues of The Natural Baby Catalog.

         Other mail order  catalogs for children's  hardgood  products which the
Company  believes are  competitors  to a lesser  extent are "Current  Children's
Products," "Troll Learn and Play," "Just for Kids,"  "Childcraft," "Toys to Grow
On," "Hearthsong,"  "Constructive Playthings," "Music for Little People," "Great
Kids," "The Great Kids Company,"  "Ultimate Baby Catalog," "San Francisco  Music
Box," "Stork Kit/Bundle of Joy," "Play Fair Toys," "Animal Town," "Alvin and the
Chipmunks,"  "Livonia Catalog," "Plus and Company," "Disney Catalog," "Storybook
Heirlooms,"  and "F.A.O.  Schwartz."  Many of those catalogs have  substantially
higher revenues than the Company.

         Certain catalogs,  such as "Hanna Anderson" and  "Biobottoms,"  compete
with The Natural  Baby  Catalog in selected  product  areas,  but do not compete
across the  entire  product  line.  Other mail  order  catalogs  for  children's
softgoods products which the

                                       46

<PAGE>
Company  believes are competitors of The Natural Baby Catalog to a lessor extent
are  "Playclothes,"  "After the Stork,"  "Talbot's  Kids,"  "Spiegel  Children's
Clothing," "Brights Creek,"  "Gymboree," "Eddie Bauer Children's  Fashions," and
"Spiegel  Kids."  The  Company   believes  that  many  of  these  catalogs  have
substantially higher revenues than
The Natural Baby Catalog.

         In the past, many of the safety products  carried by the Perfectly Safe
Catalog  were  generally  hard-to-find,  lower price items,  such as  electrical
outlet  guards,  appliance cord  shorteners and appliance door latches.  Many of
these  items  are now  stocked  by  retail  stores,  discount  stores  and  mass
merchants.

         The Company  experienced a competitive  reaction to its introduction of
Jeannie's  Kids Club Catalog which resulted in three other  children's  catalogs
refusing to exchange  with,  or rent their  mailing  lists to, the Company.  The
Company has not experienced  such a reaction from its acquisition of The Natural
Baby  Catalog,  although  there  can be no  assurance  that  such a  competitive
reaction will not occur in the future, or that such an occurrence would not have
an adverse effect upon the profitability of The Natural Baby Catalog.  See "Risk
Factors."

TRADEMARKS AND TRADE NAMES

     The Company owns four federally  registered  trademarks:  "Perfectly Safe";
"Perfectly  Safe, The Catalog For Parents Who Care" with logo;  "Perfectly  Safe
Guarantee"  with logo;  and,  logo.  The  Company  plans to  register  its mark,
"Jeannie's  Kids Club," as a unique  identification  of its Jeannie's  Kids Club
Catalog.  With the recent  acquisition of The Natural Baby Catalog,  the Company
acquired the ownership of the trademark  "The Natural Baby Co., Inc." with logo,
which is a federally registered  trademark.  There can be no assurance as to the
extent of the  protection  that will be  provided  to the Company as a result of
having  such  trademarks  and trade  names or that the  Company  will be able to
afford the expenses of any complex  litigation which may be necessary to enforce
the proprietary rights.

EMPLOYEES

         As of September 30, 1998, the Company had 54 full time employees and 19
part time  employees.  Of this  total,  9  employees  or 12% of total  full-time
employees,  hold positions of managers;  50 employees or 68% of the total,  hold
hourly paid positions. The largest single segment of the Company's employment is
in direct labor involving order entry, customer service, and distribution, where
50 employees or 68% of total Company  employment is involved.  The work force is
non-union,  and  the  Company  does  not  anticipate  a  union  presence  in the
foreseeable future.

REGULATORY MATTERS

         The Company's business, and the catalog industry in general, is subject
to  regulation  by a variety of state and federal laws  relating to, among other
things,  advertising and sales taxes. The Federal Trade Commission regulates the
Company's  advertising  and trade  practices  and the  Consumer  Product  Safety
Commission has issued

                                       47

<PAGE>
regulations  governing the safety of the products which the Company sells in its
catalogs. No assurances can be given that the Company will comply with all state
and federal laws affecting its business in the future.

         Under  current law,  catalog  retailers  are permitted to make sales in
states where they do not have a physical presence without  collecting sales tax.
The Company believes that it collects sales taxes in states where it is required
to do so. However, since 1987,  legislation has been introduced  periodically in
the U.S.  Congress  which would permit states to require sales tax collection by
mail order  companies.  To date, this proposed  legislation has not been passed.
Should Congress, however, pass such legislation in the future, most states could
be  expected  to  require  sales  tax  collection  by  out-of-state  mail  order
companies.  This would increase the cost of purchasing the Company's products in
those states and eliminate whatever  competitive  advantage that the Company may
currently enjoy with respect to in-state competitors in terms of sales taxation,
as well as increasing  the  administrative  and overhead costs to the Company in
connection  with the  collection  of such sales tax.  There can be no assurances
given that these  state  sales tax laws will not be changed in the future to the
detriment of the  Company.  The Company has no claims or  regulatory  matters in
process or pending as of September 30, 1998. See "Risk Factors."

PRODUCT LIABILITY INSURANCE

         Since 1990,  the Company's  parent,  Duncan Hill,  has carried  product
liability  insurance  for the  Company and  Havana.  The current  coverage is $1
million per  occurrence  with an  aggregate  limit of $2 million.  The policy is
supplemented by an umbrella liability policy providing coverage of an additional
$1 million per  occurrence,  $2 million  aggregate.  The policies are carried by
Duncan  Hill,  with the Company and Havana as named  insureds.  The policies are
issued for a period of one year and are  currently in effect  through  September
17, 1999. The Company may, in the future, procure the same coverage in its name,
alone.  Although the Company  believes  that its present  insurance  coverage is
sufficient for its current level of business  operations,  there is no assurance
that such  insurance  will be  sufficient  to cover  potential  claims,  or that
adequate,  affordable insurance coverage will be available to the Company in the
future. An uninsured  successful claim against the Company or a successful claim
in excess of the liability  limits or relating to an injury  excluded  under the
policy could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See "Risk Factors."

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         The Company's principal offices and telemarketing center are located in
Canton,  Ohio.  The facility  consist of 5,600 square feet and is leased through
September  30,  1999 with an  option  to renew  for a period  of one  year.  The
Company's warehouse and distribution center is located in North Canton, Ohio and
consists of  approximately  23,000  square feet,  which is leased at the monthly
rate of $13,329 through  September 30, 1999, and subject to earlier  termination
without  penalty at the option of the lessee upon 90 days written  notice to the
landlord.  All leases are in the name of Duncan  Hill and the rent is charged to
the Company and Havana consistent with past practices.

                                       48

<PAGE>
         In August  1998,  the Company  entered into a lease for retail space at
4418 Belden Village Street,  Canton, OH, containing  approximately  3,400 square
feet of space.  This lease,  which amends an earlier lease,  has a term expiring
December 31, 2002. The Company will pay a monthly rent of  approximately  $2,250
commencing  30 days after the Company  takes  possession of the premises and the
landlord notifies the Company that the space is ready for occupancy.

         The Company  intends to establish and lease a new operations  center of
approximately  34,000 square feet in early 1999. This operation center, which is
expected  to  be  located  in or  about  Canton,  Ohio,  will  include  customer
relations,  order  entry and  warehouse  and  distribution  operations  and will
replace its existing warehouse facility.
Moving costs are estimated at $35,000.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         In the normal  course of  business,  the  Company  may be  involved  in
various legal proceedings from time to time. Presently,  however, the Company is
not a party to any litigation, whether routine or incidental to its business, or
otherwise.



                                       49

<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

Directors and Executive Officers

         The names  and ages of the  directors  and  executive  officers  of the
Company are set forth below:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                                        Age                          Position
<S>                                         <C>                          <C>  
William  L. Miller (1)                      62                           Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                                                         Chief Executive Officer, Principal
                                                                         Financial and Accounting Officer,
                                                                         Secretary

Jeanne E. Miller (1)                        51                           President, Director

William T. Evans                            46                           Vice President of Finance
                                                                         and Operations

Clark D. Swisher                            46                           Director

Alfred M. Schmidt                           65                           Director
- ------------------
</TABLE>

(1)      W. Miller and J. Miller are husband and wife.

         The term of  office  for each of the  Company's  directors  is one year
until their  respective  successors  are elected  and shall  qualify.  Executive
officers serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors.

     WILLIAM  L.  MILLER,  Chairman  of  the  Board,  Chief  Executive  Officer,
Principal  Financial  and  Accounting  Officer,  Treasurer  and Secretary of the
Company since its  formation in July 1996.  Mr. Miller serves as Chairman of the
Board,  President and Chief  Executive  Officer of Havana since  December  1997.
Previously,  he was the sole director and an executive  officer of E.A. Carey of
Ohio,  Inc.  from 1984 to  December  1997.  Mr.  Miller had been a  director  of
Perfectly  Safe,  Inc. and its vice President since it was formed by Duncan Hill
in 1990 until July 1996.  Mr.  Miller is  President,  Founder  and a director of
Duncan  Hill,  a  company  he  formed  in  1977,  Mr.  Miller  founded  the  MBI
Corporation,  which designed and developed  packaging machinery  (1975-78).  Mr.
Miller served in executive capacities in the direct marketing industry from 1971
to 1975.  He holds a Bachelors  Degree.  in Mechanical  Engineering  from Purdue
University  and  a  Masters  Degree  in  Business  Administration  from  Indiana
University

     JEANNE E. MILLER has been a director of the  Company  since July 1996,  and
its  President  since  January 1998.  Previously,  she served as Executive  Vice
President of the Company  from July 1996 until  January  1998.  Since July 1996,
Mrs. Miller had been a director of Perfectly Safe, Inc., and its President since
its formation in 1990 until July 1996.

                                       50

<PAGE>
     Mrs. Miller  co-founded Duncan Hill in 1977 and has been a director and its
Vice President  since 1977.  Mrs.  Miller is the author of the child safety book
THE  PERFECTLY  SAFE  HOME,  published  by Simon  and  Schuster  in 1991 and has
appeared on network  television to speak on that subject.  Mrs. Miller served as
Vice President and a director of Carey and Highland Pipe Company,  both of which
are subsidiaries of Duncan Hill, from 1984 to 1996.


     WILLIAM T. EVANS,  Vice President of Finance and Operations  since December
9, 1997.  Previously  he helped form and served as Treasurer of Premier  Plastic
Recyclers, Inc. (1994-1997), which reprocessed plastics for use as raw material.
He served in senior management positions with  Bridgestone/Firestone,  Inc. from
1989 to 1994, including Chief Financial Officer of South American operations. As
a CPA with the  accounting  firm of  Deloitte  &  Touche,  he served as a Senior
Manager from 1977 through 1988. Mr. Evans holds a Bachelors degree in accounting
from the  University of Akron.  Mr. Evans is currently on a leave of absence due
to medical and health reasons.

     CLARK D. SWISHER is a director of the Company since July 1996.  Mr. Swisher
has  been  Vice   President   of  the   Employee   Benefits   Division   of  the
Leonard-McCormick  Agency, a general insurance agency, since 1984. Mr. Swisher's
professional  background includes membership in the National Association of Life
Underwriters and the University of Akron Business Advisory Council.  Mr. Swisher
has been a director of Duncan Hill since 1995.

     ALFRED M. SCHMIDT,  JR., a director of the Company since  September 1998 is
President of The Schmidt Group International,  Inc., direct marketing/management
consultants.  Mr.  Schmidt was the  entrepreneur  owner of New  Hampton  General
Store, a consumer catalog  company.  Mr. Schmidt was a Vice President of Hanover
House,  then the first Vice  President of Brooks  Brothers,  a national chain of
apparel  specialty  stores  with 65  stores in the U.S.  and six in  Japan.  Mr.
Schmidt  subsequently  was the  first  Vice  President  of Direct  Marketing  of
Bergdorf Goodman,  N.Y., a designer apparel retailer,  and Senior vice President
in charge of catalogs at the Franklin Mint, Franklin Center,  Pennsylvania.  Mr.
Schmidt finished his public career as President of Myron Manufacturing  Company,
a direct  marketing  firm  selling  advertising  specialty  products by catalog,
direct mail, and  telemarketing.  For the past twelve years, Mr. Schmidt has led
his company in catalog  consulting  with clients from Europe to the Pacific Rim.
Mr. Schmidt is a member of the Direct Marketing Association,  the 1982 winner of
the prestigious Henry Hoke Award and the DMA Echo Leader Award. He was a founder
of the  Catalog  Leader's  Group.  Mr.  Schmidt  has  served on the DMA  Catalog
Council, The Direct Marketing Educational Council, and the Direct Marketing Idea
Exchange.  Mr. Schmidt has been a  contributing  writer to Catalog Age Magazine,
Catalog  Business,  Direct  Marketing  Magazine and D.M.  News.  Mr. Schmidt has
addressed audiences extensively in the U.S. as well as Europe and the Far East.

     Alfred M. Schmidt,  Jr. is an independent  director and the Company intends
to appoint a second  independent  director  as the fifth  director.  There is no
assurance,  however,  that  the  Company  will  be able to  attract  a  suitable
candidate at this stage of its development.

                                       51

<PAGE>
         Upon the appointment of one additional unaffiliated director, the Board
of  Directors  intends  to  establish  a  Compensation  Committee  and an  Audit
Committee.  The Audit  Committee,  which would consist of at least a majority of
directors who are not affiliated with the Company, will among other things, make
recommendations to the Board of Directors regarding the independent auditors for
the Company, approve the scope of the annual audit activities of the independent
auditors  and review  audit  results  and have  general  responsibility  for all
auditing related matters.  The Compensation  Committee would consist entirely of
directors who are not affiliated with the Company.  The  Compensation  Committee
would review and recommend to the Board of Directors the compensation  structure
for the Company's  officers and other  management  personnel,  including  salary
rates,  participation  in  incentive  compensation  and  benefit  plans,  fringe
benefits,  non-cash  perquisites and other forms of compensation.  The Committee
would also administer the Company's 1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan.


         The  Representative  has  been  granted  by the  Company  the  right to
designate one director to serve on the Company's Board of Directors for a period
of three years from June 26, 1997.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  no such
person has been designated.

Compensation of Directors

         The  Company  pays  its  directors  who are not also  employees  of the
Company $100 for each meeting  attended and reimburses such directors for travel
and other  expenses  incurred  by them in  connection  with  attending  Board of
Directors  meetings.  Directors  are  eligible  to  participate  in  1997  Stock
Incentive Plan.


                                       52

<PAGE>
Executive Compensation

         The following table provides a summary  compensation table with respect
to the compensation of W. Miller,  the Company's Chief Executive  Officer (CEO),
and J. Miller, the Company's President.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE


                                                                                  Long Term Compensation
                                                           Annual Compensation    Awards      Payouts
(a)                      (b)    (c)           (d)           (e)          (f)       (g)         (h)       (i)
                                                            Other                                        All
Name                                                        Annual    Restricted                         Other
and                                                         Compen-   Stock                    LTIP      Compen-
Principal                                                   sation    Award(s)  Number of      Payouts   sation
Position                Year   Salary ($)    Bonus ($)      ($)(1)    ($)(2)    Options (3)    ($)       ($)
<S>                     <C>    <C>            <C>           <C>        <C>      <C>             <C>       <C>
W. Miller, .......      1997   125,000       -0-            4,000     -0-       100,000        -0-       -0-
Chief Executive         1996   100,000       -0-            -0-       -0-       -0-            -0-       -0-
Officer                 1995   100,000       -0-            -0-       -0-       -0-            -0-       -0-

J. Miller, .......      1997    90,000       -0-            4,000     -0-       100,000        -0-       -0-
President               1996    65,000       -0-            -0-       -0-       -0-            -0-       -0-
                        1995    65,000       -0-            -0-       -0-       -0-            -0-       -0-
</TABLE>

     (1)  Does  not  include  the  value  of  leased   automobiles  used  almost
exclusively for the Company's business or key man life insurance on the lives of
each of W.  Miller  and J.  Miller in the amount of  $1,000,000,  payable to the
Company in the event of death. W. Miller is provided with a leased automobile by
Havana  with a monthly  cost of  approximately  $1,100 and J. Miller is provided
with a leased automobile by the Company at a monthly cost of approximately $800.
The  foregoing  table does not  include  the value of any  personal  use of such
automobiles.

     (2) Does not include  2,400,000  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock and
5,000,000 shares of the Company's Series A Preferred Stock issued to Duncan Hill
in connection with a reorganization.

     (3) See "Employment Contracts" for a description of these options.

                                       53

<PAGE>
                               OPTION GRANTS TABLE

  The information  provided in the table below provides information with respect
to individual  grants of the Company's  stock options during fiscal 1997 of each
of the executive  officers named in the summary  compensation  table above.  The
Company did not grant any stock appreciation rights during 1997 and/or the first
nine months of 1998.

                        Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         Potential
                                                                    Realizable Value at
                                                                      Assumed Annual
                                         Individual Grants         Rates of Stock Price
                                                                       Appreciation
                                                                     for Option Term (2)
(a)                     (b)          (c)         (d)          (e)           (f)           (g)
- ---                     ---          ---         ---          ---           ---           ---
                                    % of
                                    Total
                                   Options/
                                  Granted to
                      Options     Employees    Exercise     Expira-
                      Granted     in Fiscal    Price         tion
Name                  (#)          Year (1)    ($/Sh)        Date           5% ($)        10% ($)
- ----                  ---           ----       ------        ----          ---            ---
<S>                  <C>             <C>       <C>          <C> <C>        <C>            <C>    
W. Miller .......    100,000         50%       5.00         1/1/07         314,000        797,000
J. Miller .......    100,000         50%       5.00         1/1/07         314,000        797,000
</TABLE>
     (1) The percentage of total options  granted to the Company's  employees in
fiscal year is based upon options granted to officers, directors and employees.

     (2) The potential  realizable value of each grant of the Company's  options
assumes that the market price of its Common Stock  appreciates in value from the
date of grant to the end of the option term at  annualized  rates of 5% and 10%,
respectively,  and after  subtracting  the  exercise  price  from the  potential
realizable value.

                                       54

<PAGE>
                AGGREGATED OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR
                            AND FY-END OPTION VALUES

  The information  provided in the table below provides information with respect
to each exercise of the Company's stock option during fiscal 1997 by each of the
executive  officers named in the summary  compensation table and the fiscal year
end value of the Company's unexercised options.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



           (a)                  (b)               (c)                   (d)                   (e)

                                                                                           Value of
                                                                  Number of                Unexercised
                               Shares                           Unexercised                In-the-Money
                              Acquired                          Options at                 Options
                                 on              Value           FY-End (#)                at Fy-End($)
                              Exercise         Realized         Exercisable/               Exercisable/
          Name                  (#)              ($)(1)         Unexercisable              Unexercisable(1)
          ----                  ---              ------         -------------              ----------------
<S>                              <C>               <C>           <C>  <C>                  <C>  <C>    
William L.. Miller              -0-               -0-           -0- / 100,000             -0- / 100,000
Jeanne E. Miller                -0-               -0-           -0- / 100,000             -0- / 100,000

</TABLE>
(1)       The aggregate  dollar  values in column (c) and (e) are  calculated by
          determining the difference between the fair market value of the Common
          Stock  underlying  the options and the exercise price of the Company's
          options at exercise or fiscal year end,  respectively.  In calculating
          the dollar value realized upon  exercise,  the value of any payment of
          the exercise price is not included.

      INCENTIVE  COMPENSATION  PLAN. The Company's  Incentive  Compensation Plan
(the  "Plan") is  designed  to  motivate  employee  participants  to achieve the
Company's annual strategic goals.  Eligibility for  participation in the Plan is
limited to the executive  officers of the Company,  and such other  employees of
the Company as may be  designated  by the Board of Directors  from time to time.
For each fiscal year of the Company,  the Board will  establish a bonus pool not
to exceed 10% of the Company's  operating income. The Board intends to establish
its first bonus pool for 1999.  The amount of such pool with respect to any year
shall be determined subsequent to the end of that year upon the determination of
the Company's  operating  income for that year. Each  participant in the Plan is
eligible  to  receive  from the bonus  pool an annual  award of up to 50% of the
participant's base salary.  Upon its establishment,  the Compensation  Committee
shall be  responsible  for  recommending  to the Board of Directors  performance
objectives  and awards for  participants.  Until the  Compensation  Committee is
established and includes at least two outside directors, no compensation will be
awarded under the Plan. W. Miller and J. Miller are expected to be the principal
participants in the Plan and they control the election of all directors. Payouts
are to be determined  annually  following  determination of the Company's fiscal
year-end  results.  The Plan is subject to amendment of termination at any time,
but no such action may adversely  affect any rights or obligations  with respect
to any  awards  theretofore  made  under  the  Plan.  As of  the  date  of  this
Prospectus, no compensation has been paid under the Plan.

                                       55

<PAGE>
      1997  STOCK  INCENTIVE  PLAN.  In  March  1997,  the  Company's   majority
stockholder approved the adoption of the Company's 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan
(the "Incentive Plan"). Under the Incentive Plan, the Compensation  Committee of
the Board of Directors,  which the Company intends to establish after it has two
outside directors, may grant stock incentives to key employees and the directors
of the Company  pursuant to which a total of 400,000  shares of Common Stock may
be issued;  provided,  however,  that the  maximum  amount of Common  Stock with
respect to which  stock  incentives  may be  granted  to any  person  during any
calendar  year shall be 20,000  shares,  except for a grant made to a  recipient
upon the  recipients  initial  hiring by the  Company,  in which case the number
shall be a maximum of 40,000 shares.  These numbers are subject to adjustment in
the event of a stock split and similar events.  Stock incentive grants may be in
the form of options,  stock appreciation  rights,  stock awards or a combination
thereof.

      Options  granted under the Incentive Plan may be either  "incentive  stock
options,"  which  qualify  for special tax  treatment  under  Section 422 of the
Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), or nonstatutory stock options,  which do not
qualify.  Incentive  stock  options  may  only be  granted  to  persons  who are
employees of the Company.  Options will expire at such time as the  Compensation
Committee  determines,  provided that no stock option may be  exercisable  later
than ten years from its grant,  except  that the maximum  term of any  incentive
stock option granted to a person who owns,  directly or indirectly,  10% or more
of  the  combined   voting  power  of  the  Company's   capital  stock  (a  "10%
Shareholder")  shall be five years.  If an optionee  ceases to be an employee or
director  by  reason  of death,  incapacity  of  retirement,  the  option  shall
terminate  fifteen  months  after the optionee  ceases to be an employee.  If an
optionee ceases to be an employee because of resignation with the consent of the
Compensation  Committee,  the  option  will  terminate  three  months  after the
optionee  ceases to be an employee.  If an optionee  ceases to be an employee or
director  for any other  reason,  the option will  expire  thirty days after the
optionee ceases to be an employee.

      The option price per share is  determined by the  Compensation  Committee,
except for  incentive  stock  options which cannot be less than 100% of the fair
market value of the Common Stock on the date such option is granted or less than
110% of such fair market value if the optionee is a 10% shareholder.  Payment of
the  exercise  price may be made in cash,  or unless  otherwise  provided by the
Compensation Committee in shares of Common Stock delivered to the Company by the
optionee or by the withholding of shares issuable upon exercise of the option or
in a combination thereof. Options cannot be exercised until six months after the
date  that  the  option  is  granted  or  such  later  time  determined  by  the
Compensation  Committee.  Each  option  shall be  exercised  in full or in part.
Options  are not  transferable  other  than by will or the laws of  descent  and
distribution,  and may be exercised  during the life of the employee or director
only by him or her. No options  may be granted  under the  Incentive  Plan after
March 27, 2007.  However,  any options outstanding on March 27, 2007 will remain
in effect in accordance with their terms.

      The Incentive  Plan also  provides for the granting of stock  appreciation
rights  ("SAR"),  which entitle the holder to receive upon exercise an amount in
cash and/or stock which is equal to the appreciation in the fair market value of
the Common  Stock  between the date of the grant and the date of  exercise.  The
number of shares of Common Stock to

                                       56

<PAGE>
which a SAR relates,  the period in which it can be  exercised,  and other terms
and  conditions  shall be determined  by the  Compensation  Committee,  provided
however,  that such  expiration  date shall not be later than ten years from the
date of the grant.  SARS are not transferable  other than by will or the laws of
descent and distribution, and may be exercised during the life of the grant only
by the grantee. The SARS are subject to the same rules regarding expiration upon
a grantee's  cessation of  employment or  directorship,  as pertains to options,
discussed above.

      The  Compensation  Committee may also award shares of Common Stock ("stock
awards")  in  payment  of  certain  incentive  compensation,   subject  to  such
conditions and restrictions as the Committee may determine. All shares of Common
Stock  subject to a stock award will be valued at not less than 100% of the fair
market  value of such shares on the date the stock award is granted.  The number
of shares of Common  Stock which may be granted as a stock award in any calendar
year may not exceed 80,000.

      The Incentive Plan will be  administered  by the  Compensation  Committee,
which has the  authority to prescribe,  amend and rescind rules and  regulations
relating  to the  Plan,  to  accelerate  the  exercise  date of any  option,  to
interpret the Plan and to make all necessary determinations in administering the
Plan.

      The  Incentive  Plan  will  remain  in  effect  until  such  time as it is
terminated by the Board of Directors.  The Incentive  Plan may be amended by the
Board of Directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee, except
that, without stockholder approval, the Plan may not be amended to: increase the
number of shares subject to issuance under the Plan; change the class of persons
eligible to participate under the Plan;  withdraw the administration of the Plan
from the Compensation  Committee;  or, to permit any option to be exercised more
than ten years after the date it was granted.

      As of the date of this Prospectus, the Compensation Committee has not been
formed  and,  accordingly,  no stock  incentives  have  been  granted  under the
Incentive Plan.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS

      The Company has entered into separate five-year employment agreements with
W. Miller and J. Miller,  effective January 1, 1997, pursuant to which W. Miller
is serving as Chief Executive Officer of the Company and J. Miller served as its
Executive  Vice  President.  In January  1998,  the  Company  elected J.  Miller
President of the Company.  In October  1998,  the Company and J. Miller  entered
into an amended agreement. The employment agreements. as amended, provide for an
annual base salary of $125,000 for W. Miller and $105,000 for J. Miller, subject
to annual review for increase by the Company.  The  employment  agreements  also
provide for the  eligibility of these  executives to receive annual cash bonuses
under the Company's  Incentive  Compensation Plan discussed above. Each of these
executives is provided with  automobiles,  at the Company's  expense,  for their
exclusive use, the make and model of which is to be mutually  agreed upon by the
executive and the Company,  from time to time. These automobiles are used almost
exclusively  for  business  purposes.  Each of  these  executives  is also to be
reimbursed for certain personal expenses up to $6,500, which amount shall

                                       57

<PAGE>
be subject to increase to pay for any personal income tax liability  should such
reimbursements  be deemed taxable to the executive.  (No such personal  expenses
were incurred in 1997.) Each of these executives is also entitled to participate
in any  employee  benefit  plan which the Company may create in the future.  The
Company has also agreed to maintain in force, at its expense, during the term of
the  employment  agreements,  life  insurance  for  the  benefit  of each of the
executives  in an amount  equal to twice the base  salary of W.  Miller and five
times the base salary of J. Miller.  (As of September 30, 1998,  the Company has
not been  requested by W. Miller  and/or J. Miller to take out such  insurance.)
Pursuant to the employment  agreements,  each of these executives has agreed not
to  compete  with the  Company  during  employment  and for a period of one year
following  termination  of  employment  and has  further  agreed to  maintain as
confidential, the Company's proprietary information.

      Each of the employment agreements provide for severance compensation to be
paid in all instances other than the  executive's  termination for cause. In the
event that the executive  becomes disabled or dies, the Company,  in the case of
W.  Miller,  is  required  to pay an amount  equal to the product of (x) and (y)
where (x) is the sum of the executive's  salary and bonus paid in the prior year
multiplied by 2.99 and (y) the  percentage of the  employment  agreement's  five
year term  remaining from the date of death of  disability;  provided,  however,
that such severance  compensation will not be less than the officer's salary and
bonus  paid in the year prior to the year in which the  officer  dies or becomes
disabled.  The foregoing  benefit is provided in the employment  agreement of J.
Miller, but only in the event of disability.  Each executive is also entitled to
be paid severance  compensation in an amount equal to the sum of the executive's
salary and bonus paid in the prior year multiplied by 2.99 in the event that the
executive  elects to  terminate  the  employment  agreement  upon the  Company's
material breach of the employment  agreement or upon the Company's  reduction of
the  executive's  responsibilities,  duties,  functions  or dignity of  position
resulting  from a change of  control,  or  otherwise.  Assuming  that  severance
payments  were  due to  each of the  executive  officers  as of the  date of the
Prospectus under the immediately preceding sentence, the amount of the severance
payment to each of W.  Miller and J.  Miller  would be  $299,000  and  $194,350,
respectively.   Each  executive  is  further   entitled  to  be  paid  severance
compensation in the amount equal to the sum of the executive's  salary and bonus
paid in the last year of the executive's  employment agreement in the event that
the executive is not rehired upon terms acceptable to him or her or, in the case
of W. Miller,  a successor  chief  executive  officer is hired with W.  Miller's
consent  to  replace  W.  Miller  prior  to the  expiration  of the  term of his
employment  agreement.   Additionally,   any  executive  entitled  to  severance
compensation,   above,   will   also  be   entitled   to   participate   in  any
Company-sponsored  employee health benefit plan at the Company's expense,  for a
maximum of eighteen months from the date of termination. See "Risk Factors."

      Each of W.  Miller  and J.  Miller  was  granted  under  their  respective
employment  agreements  an option to purchase  100,000  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock, which option vests 25% on each of the first four anniversary dates
commencing  January 1, 1998,  regardless of whether the executive is employed on
such dates by the Company.  The vested options will be  immediately  exercisable
and will expire on January 1, 2007.  The exercise  price of the options shall be
$5.00 per share, subject to downward

                                       58

<PAGE>
     adjustments in the exercise price if the Company meets certain  performance
goals. J. Miller also received options to purchase an additional  100,000 shares
at a purchase  price of $2.50 per share in October  1998.  These  options have a
term of ten years and are immediately exercisable.

      W. Miller is permitted under his agreement to devote such time to managing
the affairs of the various other Duncan Hill  entities as he deems  appropriate,
and to  retain  any  compensation  that he  receives  from  those  entities  for
providing those services. See "Risk Factors."

      The Company also provides W. Miller and J. Miller and all other  employees
with health  insurance on a  non-discriminatory  basis.  The Company  intends to
provide its executive  officers and employees with certain  fringe  benefits and
may, in the future,  offer  additional  stock or cash incentive bonus plans, and
other  employer  benefits  on such  amounts  and  upon  such  conditions  as the
Company's Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine.

POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

      W. Miller is a  co-founder,  Chairman of the Board of Directors  and Chief
Executive Officer of Havana, Duncan Hill and the Company. W. Miller's employment
agreement  with the Company  provides  that he shall be permitted to devote such
time to managing Duncan Hill and Havana as he deems appropriate. Accordingly, W.
Miller will not be devoting his full-time  attention to managing the  operations
of the Company. Thus, conflicts of interest could potentially develop (i) to the
extent that W. Miller is not able to devote his  full-time  and  attention  to a
matter that would  otherwise  require the  full-time and attention of a business
chief executive officer, (ii) involving competition for business  opportunities,
(iii) involving  transactions between the Company and its affiliated  companies;
and (iv) due to the relationship  between W. Miller and J. Miller as husband and
wife and as directors  and officers of the Company.  The Company has not adopted
any  procedure  for dealing with such  conflicts  of  interest,  except that the
Company's  Board of  Directors  has adopted a policy  that all new  transactions
between the Company and Duncan Hill, Havana or any other affiliated company must
be approved by at least a majority of the Company's disinterested  directors, if
any. Currently,  the Company has no disinterested  directors and Duncan Hill and
W. Miller control the election of the directors. See "Risk Factors."

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS

      The  Company's   Certificate   of   Incorporation   contains  a  provision
eliminating the personal  monetary  liability of directors to the extent allowed
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Under the provision,
a  stockholder  is able to prosecute  an action  against a director for monetary
damages only if he can show a breach of the duty of loyalty, a failure to act in
good faith,  intentional  misconduct,  a knowing  violation  of law, an improper
personal benefit or an illegal dividend or stock  repurchase,  as referred to in
the provision, and not "negligence" or "gross negligence" in satisfying his duty
of care. In addition,  the provision  applies only to claims  against a director
arising out of his role as a director or not, if he is also an officer, his role
as an officer or in any other

                                       59

<PAGE>
capacity  or to his  responsibilities  under any other law,  such as the federal
securities  laws. The provision,  however,  does not affect the  availability of
seeking  equitable  relief against a director of the Company.  In addition,  the
Company's  Bylaws  provide  that  the  Company  will  indemnify  its  directors,
officers, employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware
law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended  (the  "Securities  Act") may be  permitted  to  directors,
officers  and  controlling  persons of the  Company  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions,  or otherwise,  the Company has been advised that, in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange  Commission,  such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable. See
"Risk Factors."


                                       60

<PAGE>
                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

         The  following  table  sets  forth  as of  October  15,  1998,  certain
information with respect to the beneficial  ownership of Common Stock and Series
A  Preferred  Stock by each  person or  entity  known by the  Company  to be the
beneficial owner of 5% or more of such shares,  each officer and director of the
Company, and all officers and directors of the Company as a group.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                Shares of                         Shares of Series A
                                                               Common Stock                         Preferred Stock
                                                            Beneficially Owned                    Beneficially Owned

NAME AND ADDRESS OF
   
BENEFICIAL OWNER(1)(7)                                    NUMBER                   PERCENT(2)       NUMBER                PERCENT(3)
- ---------- -------                                        ------
<S>                                                        <C>                        <C>          <C>                          <C> 
Duncan Hill                                                2,251,075(4)               64.1%        5,000,000(4)                 100%
    


William L. Miller and Jeanne E. Miller(4)                  2,401,075(5)                65.6        5,000,000(6)                  100

William Evans (8)                                                20,000                  .6                 -0-                  -0-

Clark D. Swisher (9)                                              7,500                  .2                 -0-                  -0-

Alfred M. Schmidt (9)                                             7,500                  .2                 -0-                  -0-

All Officers and Directors
as a Group (5 Persons)                                     2,416,075(7)               65.7%        5,000,000(6)                 100%
</TABLE>
- ---------------

         (1)      Beneficial  ownership  as reported in the table above has been
                  determined  in  accordance  with Rule 13d-3 of the  Securities
                  Exchange  Act.  Accordingly,  except  as  noted,  all  of  the
                  Company's securities over which the officers and directors and
                  nominees named, or as a group, directly or indirectly have, or
                  share   voting  or   investment   power,   have  been   deemed
                  beneficially owned.

         (2)      Calculated   based  upon  3,512,856  shares  of  Common  Stock
                  outstanding  without giving effect to the possible exercise of
                  outstanding Class A Warrants..

         (3)      Calculated  based upon 5,000,000  shares of Series A Preferred
                  Stock outstanding. The holders of the Series A Preferred Stock
                  are  entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all
                  matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders.  The Series A
                  Preferred  Stock  has  no  conversion   rights  or  rights  to
                  participate in dividend payments.

         (4)      The Millers will be deemed to  beneficially  own all of Duncan
                  Hill's  shares for  purposes of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act
                  based upon his controlling  ownership of its common stock. The
                  Millers together control approximately 68% of Duncan Hill.

         (5)      Includes the Miller's deemed beneficial ownership of 2,251,075
                  shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 50,000 shares.

         (6)      Represents the Miller's deemed beneficial ownership of 
                  5,000,000 shares  of  Series A  Preferred  Stock,  the  record
                  holder of which is Duncan Hill.

         (7)      All addresses are c/o Kids Stuff, Inc., 4450 Belden Village 
                  Street, N.W., Suite 406, Canton, Ohio 44718.



                                       61

<PAGE>
         (8)      Mr. Evan has options to purchase  80,000  shares which vest in
                  four equal annual  installments  beginning in 1999.  The table
                  includes only options vesting in 1999.

         (9)      Messrs.  Swisher and Schmidt have  options to purchase  30,000
                  shares  each,   which   options  vest  in  four  equal  annual
                  installments  beginning  in  1999.  The  table  includes  only
                  options vesting in 1999.


                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

RULE 504 SHARES

          In  connection  with its initial  capitalization,  the  Company  sold,
commencing  October  1996,  an aggregate of 1,300,000  shares of Common Stock to
eight private  investors at a purchase price of $.125 per share.  Seven of these
investors were customers of the Representative,  the Managing Underwriter of the
Company's  initial  public  offering  and  this  offering.  There  were no other
affiliations or relationships between the seven private investors and either the
Company or the  Representative.  The eighth investor,  who was not a customer of
the  Representative  and has never had any  relationship or affiliation with the
Representative,  had once been engaged to provide financial  consulting services
to Duncan Hill. This investor has no other  relationships  or affiliations  with
the Company.

         In June 1997, the Company repurchased an aggregate of 857,144 shares of
Common Stock from five of the  customers of the  Representative  at a repurchase
price  of  $.125  per  share.  This  repurchase  was  required  by the  National
Association  of Securities  Dealers (the "NASD") as a condition to approving the
compensation  to be  received  by the  Representative  in  connection  with  the
Company's  initial  public  offering.   The  Company's  repurchase  payment  was
evidenced  by five  promissory  notes  issued by it in the  aggregate  amount of
$107,143,  which notes have been paid. The notes bore interest at the rate of 8%
per annum  commencing the date that each investor  initially  subscribed for his
Rule 504 Shares.

         The remaining  442,856 shares which were not required to be repurchased
are still  outstanding.  Such  442,856  shares  were  issued  under  Rule 504 of
Securities Act (the "504 Shares") and are freely tradeable except for 100,000 of
the  Rule 504  Shares  which  are  subject  to a  "lock-up"  agreement  with the
Representative  until June 26,  1999.  Any actual  future  sales of the Rule 504
Shares (or the potential thereof) may have an adverse effect on the market price
of the Company's securities.

BRIDGE LOAN

         In October  1996,  the Company  borrowed an aggregate of $200,000  (the
"Bridge Loan") from three private  investors,  two of whom were customers of the
Representative,  and the third of whom was introduced by the  Representative  to
the Company. These three private investors are Clinthill Investments, Ltd., Kurt
Campbell and M&M  Specialties,  Inc. The Bridge Loan,  which has been paid, bore
interest at the rate of 8% per annum.


                                       62

<PAGE>
         As originally structured, $75,000 of the face amount of the Bridge Loan
was  convertible  into 1,500,000  Warrants upon the effective date of the public
offering.  Subsequently, the Bridge Loan was restructured, at the request of the
Representative so that the Bridge Lenders would be paid the entire $200,000 face
amount of the Bridge Loan, in cash,  plus accrued  interest at 8% per annum,  at
the closing of the Company's  initial  public  offering in July 1997,  and would
waive the right to convert $75,000 of the face amount of the loan into 1,500,000
Warrants.

ACQUISITION OF THE NATURAL BABY CATALOG

         In May, 1996,  Baby Co.  contracted to sell its catalog  business,  The
Natural Baby  Catalog,  to Duncan Hill on behalf of the  Company,  at which time
Duncan Hill paid Baby Co. $25,000 towards the purchase price. See  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Condition  and  Results of  Operations"
regarding a description of the terms and conditions of the Company's acquisition
of The Natural Baby Catalog from Baby Co. In connection  with this  transaction,
the Company did not engage an independent  appraiser to evaluate  whether or not
the  Company has agreed to pay a purchase  price in excess of The  Natural  Baby
Catalog's  fair value.  In  addition,  because the Company did not  complete the
acquisition  on or before  January 3, 1997, as initially  agreed to, the Company
agreed  to  pay  an  additional  $350,000  (the  "Additional  Amount")  for  the
acquisition  in order to obtain an extension  until no later than April 30, 1997
to complete the acquisition.  $250,000 of the Additional Amount was reflected in
the $250,000 Convertible Note described in "Management's Discussion and Analysis
and Results of Operations" and $100,000 of the Additional Amount is reflected in
the cash payments made in July 1997  described in  "Management's  Discussion and
Analysis and Results of Operations."  Baby Co.'s demands for the increase in the
purchase  price  was  predicated  upon the  strong  growth of The  Natural  Baby
Catalog's  business since Baby Co. initially agreed to sell its catalog business
in May, 1996.

GENERAL

         Reference  is made  to  "Business"  and  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis and Results of Operations"  for a description of various  related party
transactions involving the Company, Havana and Duncan Hill.

         It  is  the  policy  of  the  Company  that  future  transactions  with
affiliates  will be on terms no less  favorable  than  could  be  obtained  from
unaffiliated parties.



                                       63

<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

UNITS

         Each Unit  consists  of one share of Series 1  Preferred  Stock and two
Preferred Warrants.

PREFERRED STOCK

         The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, preferences,  privileges and restrictions thereof,
including  dividend  rights,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   terms  of
redemption,  liquidation  preferences and the number of shares  constituting any
series or the designation of such series.  The issuance of Preferred Stock could
adversely  affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and could have the
effect of delaying,  deferring or preventing a change in control of the Company.
The Company has no present  plans to issue any shares of  Preferred  Stock other
than the Series A Preferred Stock and Series 1 Preferred Stock discussed below.

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

         As of  the  date  of  this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has  issued  and
outstanding  5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock,  $.001 par value, all
of which are owned by Duncan Hill.  The holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock
are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters  submitted
to a vote of the stockholders. The Series A Preferred Stock and the Common Stock
held by Duncan Hill will  enable it and the  Millers to maintain  control of the
Company  subsequent to the completion of this  Offering.  The Series A Preferred
Stock is not subject to  redemption  and has no  conversion  rights or rights to
participate in dividend  payments.  In the event of any voluntary or involuntary
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Company, each share
of Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation preference of $.001 per share. See
"Risk Factors."

SERIES 1 PREFERRED STOCK

         The  Board  of  Directors  intends  to  file  before  the  date of this
Prospectus,  a  Certificate  of  Designation  designating  1,500,000  shares  of
Preferred Stock as "Series 1 Preferred Stock" (the "Series 1 Preferred Stock" or
"Preferred Shares") with the following rights, preferences and privileges:

         Dividends.  Each  Preferred  Share is  entitled  to  cumulative  annual
dividends  of $.45  payable on April 30 of each year  commencing  April 30, 1999
with a record  date to be fixed  annually by the Board of  Directors.  The first
dividend  payment  shall be pro rated for the period  from the date of  issuance
until December 31, 1998.  Unpaid dividends will accumulate and be payable before
payment of dividends on the Common  Stock.  The Company may, at its option,  pay
dividends  in shares  of Common  Stock,  in lieu of cash.  Shares  used for such
purpose will be valued at the average closing sales price of the

                                       64

<PAGE>
     Common Stock on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin  Board,  NASDAQ or an Exchange
during the ten trading days ending on the tenth day before the dividend  payment
date.

     Conversion.  Commencing  18 months from the date of this  Prospectus,  each
share of Series 1 Preferred Stock is convertible  into ________ shares of Common
Stock.  In lieu of the  issuance  of  fractional  shares,  all  amounts  will be
rounded-up to the nearest whole number.

     Redemption.  Commencing  18 months  from the date of this  Prospectus,  the
Preferred  Shares are redeemable at the option of the Company,  on not less than
30 days' prior written notice to registered  holders at the redemption  price of
$7.20 per share plus accumulated dividends.

     Voting Rights.  Preferred  Shares are entitled to one vote per share voting
together with the Common Stock as one class, except as otherwise provided by the
Delaware Corporation Law.

     Preference on Liquidation. The Series 1 Preferred Stock will be entitled to
a preference  on  liquidation  equal to $___ per share plus  accumulated  unpaid
dividends.

     No Sinking Fund.  The Company is not required to provide for the retirement
or redemption of the Series 1 Preferred Stock through the operation of a sinking
fund.

     The  foregoing  is a summary of the  material  terms of a  Preferred  Stock
Agency  Agreement  between  the  Company  and  American  Stock  Transfer & Trust
Company.

PREFERRED WARRANTS

         Commencing  ______,  2000 and expiring _______,  2001, (the "Expiration
Date") each Preferred  Warrant  entitles the  registered  holder to purchase one
share of Series 1  Preferred  Stock at an  exercise  price of $6.00  per  share.
Preferred  Warrants may be exercised by  surrendering  to the warrant  agent the
Preferred  Warrants and the payment of the exercise price in United States funds
by cash or certified or bank check.  No fractional  shares of Series 1 Preferred
Stock will be issued in connection with the exercise of Preferred Warrants. Upon
exercise,  the Company  will pay to the holder the value of any such  fractional
shares based upon the market value of the Series 1 Preferred Stock at such time.
The Company is required to keep  available  a  sufficient  number of  authorized
shares of  Series 1  Preferred  Stock for  issuance  to permit  exercise  of the
Preferred Warrants.

         In the  event  that  the  Company  notifies  the  holders  of  Series 1
Preferred  Stock of its  intention  to redeem the Series 1 Preferred  Stock,  it
shall after giving the holders of the Preferred  Warrants at least 30 days prior
written  notice,  contemporaneously  redeem the Preferred  Warrants at $1.20 per
Warrant,  subject to the holders  right to exercise the  Preferred  Warrants and
convert the underlying  Series 1 Preferred Stock during such notice period.  See
"Risk Factors."


                                       65

<PAGE>
          In the event a holder of  Preferred  Warrants  fails to  exercise  the
Preferred  Warrants  prior to the Expiration  Date, the Preferred  Warrants will
expire and the holder  thereof  will have no further  rights with respect to the
Preferred  Warrants.  A holder of Preferred  Warrants  will not have any rights,
privileges or liabilities  as a stockholder of the Company.  In the event of the
liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of the Preferred
Warrants are not entitled to  participate in the  distribution  of the Company's
assets.

         The exercise  price of the Preferred  Warrants and the number of shares
issuable upon  exercise of the Preferred  Warrants will be subject to adjustment
to protect against dilution in the event of Preferred Stock dividends, Preferred
Stock splits, combinations, subdivisions and reclassifications. No assurance can
be given that the market price of the  Company's  Series 1 Preferred  Stock will
exceed the  exercise  price of the  Preferred  Warrants  at any time  during the
exercise period.

         Purchasers  of the  Preferred  Warrants will have the right to exercise
the Preferred  Warrants to purchase shares of Series 1 Preferred Stock only if a
current  prospectus  relating  to such  shares is then in effect and only if the
shares are qualified for sale under the securities laws of the  jurisdictions in
which the various  holders of the  Preferred  Warrants  reside.  The Company has
undertaken to maintain the effectiveness of the Registration  Statement of which
this Prospectus is a part or to file and maintain the  effectiveness  of another
registration  statement  so as to permit the  purchase of the Series 1 Preferred
Stock underlying the Preferred Warrants,  but there can be no assurance that the
Company  will be able to do so. The  Preferred  Warrants  may be deprived of any
value if this Prospectus or another prospectus covering the shares issuable upon
the exercise  thereof is not kept effective or if such Series 1 Preferred  Stock
is not qualified or exempt from  qualification in the jurisdictions in which the
holders of the Preferred Warrants reside.

         For the life of the Preferred  Warrants,  a holder thereof is given the
opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market price of the Series 1 Preferred
Stock that may result in a dilution of the  interest of other  stockholders.  In
addition,  the Company may find it more  difficult to raise capital if it should
be needed for the  business  of the Company  while the  Preferred  Warrants  are
outstanding.  At any time  when  the  holders  of  Preferred  Warrants  might be
expected to exercise  them,  the Company would,  in all  likelihood,  be able to
obtain  additional  capital on terms more  favorable  than those provided in the
Preferred Warrants.

         Commencing on or after  _______,  2000,  persons who desire to exercise
their Preferred Warrants must complete the subscription form on the reverse side
of their  warrant  certificate(s)  and forward same  together  with the exercise
price to American Stock Transfer & Trust Company,  40 Wall Street,  New York, NY
10005.  Series  1  Preferred  Stock  certificates  will  be  issued  as  soon as
practicable  after the funds have  cleared but no later than the fifth  business
day after exercise of their Warrants.

         The  foregoing  is a summary of  certain  provisions  of the  Preferred
Warrant  Agreement  under  which each  Preferred  Warrant  will be  issued.  The
Preferred  Warrant  Agreement  dated  _________,  1998  between  American  Stock
Transfer & Trust Company

                                       66

<PAGE>
     and the Company has been filed as an Exhibit to the Registration  Statement
of which the Prospectus is a part.

COMMON STOCK

         The Company has 25,000,000 shares of authorized Common Stock. As of the
date of this  Prospectus,  3,512,856  shares of Common  Stock  were  issued  and
outstanding.

         Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters  submitted to a vote of stockholders.  Stockholders do not
have cumulative voting rights.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable to
any then outstanding  Preferred  Stock,  holders of Common Stock are entitled to
receive ratably such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board
of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  See "Dividend Policy." In
the event of a dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Company, holders of
Common Stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment
of liabilities and the liquidation  preference of any then outstanding Preferred
Stock.  Holders of Common Stock have no right to convert their Common Stock into
any other securities.  The Common Stock has no preemptive or other  subscription
rights.  There are no  redemption or sinking fund  provisions  applicable to the
Common  Stock.  All  outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock are duly  authorized,
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

CLASS A WARRANTS

         Commencing June 26, 1998 and expiring June 26, 2002,  (the  "Expiration
Date") each  Warrant  entitles  the  registered  holder to purchase one share of
Common  Stock at an exercise  price of $5.00 per share.  Class A Warrants may be
exercised  by  surrendering  to the warrant  agent the Class A Warrants  and the
payment of the  exercise  price in United  States  funds by cash or certified or
bank check.  No  fractional  shares of Common Stock will be issued in connection
with the exercise of Class A Warrants.  Upon  exercise,  the Company will pay to
the holder the value of any such  fractional  shares based upon the market value
of the Common  Stock at such time.  The Company is required to keep  available a
sufficient  number of  authorized  shares of Common Stock for issuance to permit
exercise of the Class A Warrants.

         The  Company  may redeem  the Class A  Warrants  at a price of $.05 per
Warrant at any time after they become  exercisable  and prior to the  Expiration
Date by  giving  not less than 30 days'  written  notice  mailed  to the  record
holders if the closing bid price of the Common Stock has been at least $14.40 on
each of the 20 consecutive  trading days ending on the 5th day prior to the date
on which the notice of redemption is given.

          In the event a holder of Class A Warrants  fails to exercise the Class
A Warrants  prior to the  Expiration  Date, the Class A Warrants will expire and
the holder  thereof  will have no  further  rights  with  respect to the Class A
Warrants.  A holder of Class A Warrants will not have any rights,  privileges or
liabilities as a stockholder of the Company. In the

                                       67

<PAGE>
event of the liquidation,  dissolution or winding up of the Company,  holders of
the Class A Warrants are not entitled to participate in the  distribution of the
Company's assets.

         The  exercise  price of the Class A  Warrants  and the number of shares
issuable  upon exercise of the Class A Warrants will be subject to adjustment to
protect  against  dilution  in the  event  of  stock  dividends,  stock  splits,
combinations, subdivisions and reclassifications. No assurance can be given that
the market price of the Company's Common Stock will exceed the exercise price of
the Class A Warrants at any time during the exercise period.

         The Company has agreed with the  Representative  that,  commencing June
26, 1998, the Company will pay to the Representative a warrant  solicitation fee
(the  "Warrant  solicitation  Fee") equal to four  percent  (4%) of the exercise
price of the Warrants  exercised,  a portion of which may be  re-allowed  to any
dealer who  solicited  the  exercise  to the extent  not  inconsistent  with the
guidelines  of the NASD and the  rules and  regulations  of the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission.  Such  Warrant  Solicitation  Fee  will  be  paid  to  the
Representative  if (a) the market price of the Common Stock on the date that any
Warrants are  exercised is greater than the exercise  price of the Warrant;  (b)
the exercise of such Warrant was solicited by the  Representative  or other NASD
members;  (c) prior specific  written approval for exercise is received from the
customer if the Warrant is held in a  discretionary  account;  (d) disclosure of
this  compensation  agreement is made prior to or upon exercise of such Warrant;
(e)  solicitation  of the exercise is not in  violation  of  Regulation M of the
Exchange Act; and (f)  solicitation  of the exercise is in compliance  with NASD
Notice to Members  81-38.  Unless  granted an  exemption by the  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission from Regulation,  the  Representative  and any solicitation
broker-dealers are prohibited from engaging in any market-making activities with
regard to the issuer's  securities for the period from one or five business days
prior to any  solicitation  of the  exercise  of  Warrants  until  the  later of
termination  of such  solicitation  activity  or the  termination  (by waiver or
otherwise) of any right that the  Representative  and soliciting  broker-dealers
may  have  to  receive  a fee  for  the  exercise  of  Warrants  following  such
solicitation.  As a result, the Representative and soliciting broker-dealers may
be unable to continue to provide a market for the  Company's  securities  during
certain periods while the Warrants are exercisable.

         Purchasers  of the Class A Warrants will have the right to exercise the
Class A Warrants to purchase shares of Common Stock only if a current prospectus
relating to such  shares is then in effect and only if the shares are  qualified
for sale under the  securities  laws of the  jurisdictions  in which the various
holders of the Class A Warrants  reside.  The Company has undertaken to maintain
the  effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a
part or to file and maintain the effectiveness of another registration statement
so as to  permit  the  purchase  of the  Common  Stock  underlying  the  Class A
Warrants,  but there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so.
The Class A Warrants may be deprived of any value if this  Prospectus or another
prospectus  covering the shares  issuable upon the exercise  thereof is not kept
effective or if such Common Stock is not qualified or exempt from  qualification
in the jurisdictions in which the holders of the Class A Warrants reside.

                                       68

<PAGE>
         For the life of the Class A  Warrants,  a holder  thereof  is given the
opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market  price of the Common Stock that
may result in a dilution of the interest of other stockholders. In addition, the
Company may find it more  difficult to raise  capital if it should be needed for
the business of the Company while the Class A Warrants are  outstanding.  At any
time when the holders of Class A Warrants  might be  expected to exercise  them,
the Company would, in all likelihood,  be able to obtain  additional  capital on
terms more favorable than those provided in the Class A Warrants.

         Persons who desire to exercise their Class A Warrants must complete the
subscription  form on the  reverse  side of  their  warrant  certificate(s)  and
forward same together with the exercise price to American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company,  40 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.  Common Stock certificates will be
issued as soon as practicable after the funds have cleared but no later than the
fifth business day after exercise of their Warrants.

         The foregoing is a summary of certain provisions of a Warrant Agreement
under which each Warrant will be issued.  The Warrant  Agreement  dated June 26,
1997 between  American  Stock  Transfer & Trust Company and the Company has been
filed as an Exhibit to the  Registration  Statement of which the Prospectus is a
part.

UNDERWRITERS' PURCHASE OPTION

          In connection with the Company's initial public offering,  the Company
sold  to  the  Underwriters,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $25,  the
Underwriters'  Purchase  Option which  entitles  the holders to purchase  60,000
shares  of  Common  Stock  at  an  exercise  price  of  $9.90  per  share.   The
Underwriters'  Purchase Option is exercisable for four years commencing June 26,
1998 and expiring June 26, 2002. Any profits realized by the  Underwriters  upon
the sale of the Units  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Underwriters'  Purchase
Option may be deemed to be additional  underwriting  compensation.  The exercise
price and the number of shares underlying the Underwriters'  Purchase Option are
subject to adjustment in certain events to prevent dilution. For the life of the
Underwriters' Purchase Option, the holders thereof are given, at a nominal cost,
the  opportunity  to profit from a rise in the market  price of the Common Stock
with a resulting dilution in the interest of other stockholders. The Company may
find it more  difficult  to raise  capital  for its  business if the need should
arise while the Underwriters'  Purchase Option is outstanding.  At any time when
the holders of the  Underwriters'  Purchase Option might be expected to exercise
it, the  Company  would  probably be able to obtain  additional  capital on more
favorable terms.  The Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus is a part
includes the  registration  of the 60,000 shares of Common Stock  underlying the
Underwriters'  Purchase  Option.  However,  this Prospectus does not include the
exercise of the  Underwriters'  Purchase  Option or the resale of the underlying
shares since there is no present intent to exercise the  Underwriters'  Purchase
Option  or  to  resell  the   underlying   Shares.   The  Company  will  file  a
post-effective  amendment to include the exercise of the Underwriters'  Purchase
Option  and the  resale  of the  Underlying  Shares  at such  time as there is a
present intention to exercise the Underwriters' Purchase Option.


                                       69

<PAGE>
Transfer Agent and Registrar

         The  transfer  agent,  registrar  and Warrant  Agent for the  Company's
Common Stock, Class A Warrants,  Series 1 Preferred Stock and Preferred Warrants
is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, 40 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005.

           UNREGISTERED SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR IMMEDIATE AND FUTURE SALE

         In connection with obtaining equity bridge  financing,  the Company has
outstanding  442,856  shares  of  Common  Stock  under  Rule 504 (the  "Rule 504
Shares") of the Securities Act. Of the 442,856  shares,  100,000 of the Rule 504
Shares are  subject to  "lock-up"  by the  Representative  and cannot be sold or
transferred   until  June  26,   1999,   unless   otherwise   permitted  by  the
Representative,  at which time these shares will be freely tradeable without any
necessity for their  registration  under the Securities  Act. The balance of the
Rule 504 Shares,  i.e., 342,856 shares, are not subject to the  Representative's
"lockup" and are freely tradeable  without any necessity for their  registration
under the Securities Act. The sale of the Rule 504 Shares by each of the holders
thereof  may be  effected  in one or  more  transactions  that  may  take  place
over-the-counter,   including   ordinary   broker's   transactions,   previously
negotiated  transactions  or through  sales to one or more dealers for resale of
such shares as principals  at market  prices  prevailing at the time of sale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices.  Usual
and customary or  specifically  negotiated  brokerage fees or commissions may be
paid by the Rule 504  Stockholders in connection with sales of such  securities.
The holders of the Rule 504 Shares have paid significantly less for their shares
of Common  Stock ($.125 per share) than the June 1997  initial  public  offering
price of each of the two  shares of Common  Stock  and  eight  Class A  Warrants
comprising a $12 Unit and may elect to sell their Rule 504 Stock at prices below
the  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of sale.  Such sales (or the
potential  therefor)  may have an  adverse  effect  on the  market  price of the
Company's securities.

         In  addition,  Duncan Hill,  holds  2,251,075  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock and  5,000,000  shares of the  Company's  Series A Preferred  Stock
(collectively the "Restricted Securities"). These securities held by Duncan Hill
are  "restricted  securities"  as  that  term  is  defined  by  Rule  144 of the
Securities  Act.  Such  securities  may  only  be sold in  compliance  with  the
provision of Rule 144 unless otherwise  registered by the Company.  Furthermore,
Duncan  Hill has agreed  with the  Representative  not to sell or  transfer  the
Restricted  Securities  until June 26,  1999  unless  earlier  permitted  by the
Representative.  While there are no agreements,  arrangements or  understandings
with Duncan Hill with respect to the early  release of the  lock-up,  previously
the  Representative  has  released  the  lock-up  for Duncan Hill for a total of
148,925  shares,  which have been sold.  In making its  decision  to release the
lock-up,   the   Representative   evaluates   the  totality  of  the  facts  and
circumstances  that exist at the time the decision is made,  including,  without
limitation, market demand for the securities and trading volume. The possible or
actual  future  sales of the  Restricted  Securities  under Rule 144 may have an
adverse effect on the market price of the Company's Common Stock should a public
trading market develop for such shares.


                                       70

<PAGE>
         In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose  shares  are  aggregated),  including  persons  who  may be  deemed  to be
"affiliates"  of the  Company  as that term is  defined  under the 1933 Act,  is
entitled to sell within any three-month  period a number of shares  beneficially
owned for at least one year that does not exceed the  greater of (i) one percent
of the  then-outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock or (ii) the  average  weekly
trading volume in the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding such
sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain  requirements  as to the
manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public  information about
the  Company.  However,  a person who is not an affiliate  and has  beneficially
owned such shares for at least two years is entitled to sell such shares without
regard to the volume, manner of sale or notice requirements.  No predictions can
be made as to the effect,  if any, that future sales of shares under Rule 144 or
the availability of shares for sale will have on the then-prevailing  market, if
any.  Sales of  substantial  amounts  of Common  Stock  pursuant  to Rule 144 or
otherwise may adversely  affect the  then-prevailing  market price of the Units,
Common Stock and the Class A Warrants,  should a public  trading market for such
securities develop.


                                  UNDERWRITING

         Subject  to the  terms and  conditions  contained  in the  underwriting
agreement  between the  Company  and the  Underwriters  named  below,  for which
Fairchild Financial Group, Inc. is acting as Representative,  (the "Underwriting
Agreement", a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
of which this Prospectus  forms a part),  the Company has agreed to sell to each
of the  Underwriters  named below,  and each of such  Underwriters has severally
agreed to purchase, the number of Units set forth opposite its name.

         Underwriters                                Number of Units

         Fairchild Financial
         Group, Inc.

                  TOTAL                                  400,000

         The   Underwriters  are  committed,   subject  to  certain   conditions
precedent,  to purchase  all of the Units  offered  hereby if any such Units are
purchased. The Units are being offered by the Underwriter subject to prior sale,
when, as and if delivered to, and accepted by, the  Underwriters  and subject to
the approval of certain conditions.

         The  Representative  has  advised  the  Company  that the  Underwriters
propose to offer the Units to the public at the offering  price set forth on the
cover  page of this  Prospectus  and that the  Underwriters  may  allow  certain
dealers  who are  members  in  good  standing  of the  National  Association  of
Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD")  concessions  of $___ per  Unit.  After the
initial public distribution is completed, the offering price and concessions may
be changed by the Representative.

         The   Underwriters   may   engage   in   over-allotment,    stabilizing
transactions,  syndicate  covering  transactions  and penalty bids in accordance
with Regulation M under the

                                       71

<PAGE>
Exchange Act.  Over-allotment involves syndicate sales in excess of the offering
size, which creates a syndicate short position.  Stabilizing transactions permit
bids to purchase the underlying  security so long as the stabilizing bids do not
exceed a specific maximum.  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of
the Units in the open market after the  distribution has been completed in order
to cover  syndicate  short  positions.  Penalty bids permit the  Underwriters to
reclaim a selling  concession from a syndicate  member when the Units originally
sold by such syndicate member are purchased in a syndicate covering  transaction
to cover syndicate short  positions.  Such stabilizing  transactions,  syndicate
covering  transactions  and penalty  bids may cause the price of the Units to be
higher than they would otherwise be in the absence of such  transactions.  These
transactions  may be effected on the OTC Electronic  Bulletin Board assuming the
Company is successful in listing the Units on such system. See "Risk Factors."

         The Company has granted the Underwriters an option,  exercisable for 45
days from the date of this  Prospectus,  to purchase  up to 60,000  Units at the
public offering price less the underwriting discount set forth on the cover page
of this  Prospectus.  The  Underwriters may exercise this option solely to cover
over-allotments in the sale of the Units.

         The  Company  has agreed to pay the  Representative  a  non-accountable
expense  allowance of 3% of the gross proceeds of the Units sold in the offering
(including the Over-Allotment Option).

         In connection  with the Company's  Initial  Public  Offering  which was
completed  in July 1997 with the  Representative,  the Company  entered  into an
agreement with the  Representative to retain it as a financial  consultant for a
period of three years expiring in June 2000. At the closing of the Offering, the
Company  has  agreed  to  enter  into a one  year  extension  to  the  financial
consulting   agreement   with  the   Representative   and  to   compensate   the
Representative  with a fee  payable  in full in  advance  at the  closing of the
Offering  in an  amount  equal  to 2% of the  gross  proceeds  of  the  Offering
(including the Over-Allotment Option).

         The  Underwriting  Agreement  provides for  reciprocal  indemnification
between the Company and the  Underwriters  against  certain  civil  liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

   
         The Company has agreed to sell to the  Representative or its designees,
at a price of $.001 per warrant, a total of 40,000 warrants (the  "Underwriters'
Warrants") to purchase 40,000 Units identical to the Units sold in the Offering,
except that the exercise price of the Preferred  Warrants  included in the Units
is at $9.90 per share. The Underwriters' Warrants will be exercisable at a price
of $___ per Unit (i.e.,  165% of the initial public offering price per Unit) for
a maximum period of four years  commencing  one year after the date hereof,  and
they  will not be  transferable  for one year  after the date  hereof  except to
Underwriters,  selected  dealers and officers and partners  thereof.  Any profit
realized upon any resale of the Underwriters' Warrants and underlying securities
may be deemed to be  additional  underwriters'  compensation.  The  Company  has
agreed to  register  (or file a  post-effective  amendment  with  respect to any
registration   statement  registering)  the  Underwriters'  Warrants  and  their
underlying securities under the Securities Act at its
    

                                       72

<PAGE>
expense on one  occasion,  and at the expense of the holders  thereof on another
occasion, upon the request of a majority of the holders thereof. The Company has
also agreed to certain  "piggy-back"  registration rights for the holders of the
Underwriters' Warrants and their underlying securities.

         The  Underwriters  have  informed  the Company  that they do not expect
sales of the  Units to be made to  discretionary  accounts  to  exceed 2% of the
Units offered hereby.

For  a  description  of  the   Representative's   right  to  receive  a  warrant
solicitation fee under certain  circumstances in connection with the exercise of
the Company's  outstanding  Class A Warrants,  see  "Description of Securities -
Class A Warrants."




                                       73

<PAGE>
Pricing of the Offering

         The public  offering of the Units has been  determined by  negotiations
between the  Company and the  Representative.  Among the factors  considered  in
determining  the  offering  price were the  Company's  financial  condition  and
prospects,  the industry in which the Company is engaged,  certain financial and
operating information of companies engaged in activities similar to those of the
Company and the general market condition of the securities  markets.  Such price
does not  necessarily  bear any  relationship  to any  established  standard  or
criteria of value based upon  assets,  earnings,  book value or other  objective
measures.

SEC investigation involving the Representative

   
         The Company has been advised by the Representative  (formerly named VTR
Capital,  Inc.) that the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") has issued a
formal order  directing a private  investigation  by the staff of the SEC.  Such
order  empowers  the SEC  staff to  investigate  whether,  from June 1995 to the
present,  the  Representative and certain other persons and/or entities may have
engaged in fraudulent  acts or practices in connection with the purchase or sale
of  securities  of certain  other  companies in violation of Sections  10(b) and
15(c)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")
and Section 17(a) of the Securities Act. These acts or practices include whether
the Representative and certain other brokers or dealers effected transactions or
induced  transactions  by making untrue  statements of material fact and whether
the Representative and certain others have engaged in manipulative, deceptive or
other   fraudulent   devices.   The  formal  order  also  concerns  whether  the
Representative   and  certain  others  who  have  agreed  to  participate  in  a
distribution  have  violated Rule 10b-6 of the Exchange Act by having bid for or
purchased securities for accounts in which it had a beneficial interest or which
is  the  subject  of  such   distribution.   As  of  September  30,  1998,   the
Representative   understands  that  the  SEC   investigation  is  ongoing.   The
Representative cannot predict whether this investigation will result in any type
of enforcement action against the Representative. See "Risk Factors."
    

NASD Complaint Against the Representative


         The Company  has also been  advised by the  Representative  that during
1996 and 1997,  the staff of the NASD  conducted an inquiry into the trading and
sales  practices of securities of another  company (the  "issuer") in and around
April 1995. In connection with

                                       74

<PAGE>
the inquiry,  the NASD staff  obtained  documents  from the  Representative  and
conducted  on-the-record  interviews  of,  among  others,  the  Representative's
President-Chief  Executive Officer,  Head Trader and Chief Financial Officer. On
February 20, 1998 the NASD  Department of  Enforcement  filed an  administrative
complaint  against the  Representative,  a principal of the firm and two traders
from other broker-dealers. The complaint alleges that the Representative, acting
through its then  President-Chief  Executive  Officer-Sole  Owner,  acquired and
distributed certain securities of the issuer as "statutory underwriters" without
registration  under Section 5 of the Securities Act  representing  approximately
28% of the available  float in the security in purported  violation of NASD Rule
2110 and failed to provide customers with an offering prospectus.  The complaint
further  alleges  that  at  the  same  time  the  Representative  and  its  then
President-Chief  Executive  Officer-Sole  Owner (the  "Respondents") (i) entered
into a consulting  agreement  with the issuer to arrange for the sale of certain
of its securities at a "designated price" slightly below the market at the time;
(ii)  sold  short  to  retail  customers  the  issuer's   securities  at  prices
substantially  above the designated  price;  (iii) acquired from five short term
investors  securities  of the issuer to cover the  Representative's  large short
inventory  position in what had  previously  been an  inactive or thinly  traded
market for the issuer's  securities;  (iv) illegally bidded for,  purchased,  or
induced others to purchase the issuer's securities in the secondary market while
a distribution was still in progress;  and (v) continued to make a market in the
corporation's  stock all in purported violation of Section 10(b) of the Exchange
Act and Rule  10b-6  thereunder  and NASD  Rules  2110 and 2120.  Moreover,  the
complaint  alleges  that  the  Respondents  caused  the  aforementioned  alleged
unregistered distribution without filing the necessary documents with the NASD's
Corporate  Financing  Department  and failed to  disclose to  customers  alleged
unfair excessive and unreasonable compensation received from the distribution in
violation of NASD Rules 2110 and 2710. In addition,  the complaint  alleged that
the  Respondents  fraudulently  manipulated  the market for the issuer's  common
stock by arbitrarily  increasing the share price and by  artificially  inflating
the reported trade volume through "wash" and "matched" or circular trading so as
to create the appearance of an active market in the stock in purported violation
of Section  10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5  thereunder  and NASD Rules
2110 and 2120. According to the complaint,  alleged manipulation  resulted in an
illicit profit to the  Representative of approximately  $402,509.  The Complaint
contains the following  prayer for relief:  (1) findings of fact and conclusions
of law that  Respondents  committed the violations  charged and alleged;  (2) an
order imposing sanctions upon the Respondents in accordance with NASD Rule 8310;
(3) an order  requiring  Respondents  to  disgorge  fully any and all ill gotten
gains and/or make full and complete restitution,  together with interest; (4) an
order imposing such costs of any  proceeding as are deemed fair and  appropriate
under the  circumstances  in  accordance  with NASD Rule 8330;  and (5) an order
imposing any other fitting  sanction.  The Respondents  have indicated that they
intend  vigorously  to  contest  the  allegations.  A  hearing  has not yet been
scheduled  and there have been no findings of fact or  violations of law in this
case.



                                       75

<PAGE>
                                  LEGAL MATTERS

   
         The validity of the Securities being offered hereby will be passed upon
for the Company by Lester  Morse  P.C.,  Suite 420,  111 Great Neck Road,  Great
Neck,  NY 11021.  Lester  Morse  P.C.  has  represented  the  Representative  in
connection with other matters unrelated to the Offering.  Lampert & Ference, 135
West 50th  Street,  20th Fl.,  New York,  NY 10020,  has acted as counsel to the
Underwriters in connection with the Offering.
    

                                     EXPERTS

         The financial  statements  of Kids Stuff,  Inc. as of December 31, 1997
and December 31, 1996 and for the three years ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and
1995 have been audited by Hausser  +Taylor LLP,  independent  auditors,  and are
included  herein in  reliance  upon the  authority  of said firm as  experts  in
auditing and accounting.

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

         The Company is subject to the information  requirements of the Exchange
Act and in accordance  therewith  files reports and other  information  with the
Commission.  Reports and other information filed by the Company can be inspected
and copied (at prescribed rates) at the Commission's  Public Reference  section,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, as well as the New York Regional
Office,  Seven World Trade Center, New York, NY. The Commission  maintains a Web
site on the  Internet  (http://www.sec.gov)  that  contains  reports,  proxy and
information  statements  and  other  information  regarding  issuers  that  file
electronically  with the  commission  through  the  Electronic  Data  Gathering,
Analysis, and Retrieval System (EDGAR).

         The Company has filed with the Commission a  registration  statement on
Form  SB-2,  File  No.  333-61463,   which  registration  statement  is  also  a
post-effective  amendment to the Company's  Registration Statement on Form SB-2,
File No. 333-19423 (herein together with all amendments and exhibits referred to
as the  "Registration  Statement")  under  the  Securities  Act,  of which  this
Prospectus forms a part. This Prospectus does not contain all of the information
set  forth in the  registration  Statement,  certain  parts of which  have  been
omitted in accordance  with the rules and  regulations  of the  Commission.  For
further information, reference is made to the Registration Statement. Statements
contained  in this  Prospectus  regarding  the contents of any contract or other
document referred to herein or therein are not necessarily complete, and in each
instance, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed
as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement or such other document,  each such
statement being qualified by such reference.

                                       76

<PAGE>
                                     INDEX
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                        Page

<S>                                                                                                        <C>
     Independent Auditors' Report                                                                        F-2

     Balance Sheets - September 30, 1998  (Unaudited)  and December 31, 1997 and
1996                                                                                                     F-3

     Statements  of  Operations - Nine Months Ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997
(Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                             F-5

     Statements of  Stockholders'  Equity - Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998
(Unaudited)  and Years Ended December 31, 1997,  1996 and 1995                                           F-6 

     Statements  of Cash Flows - Nine Months Ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997
(Unaudited) and Years Ended December 31, 1997, 1996 and 1995                                             F-7

     Notes to Financial Statements                                                                       F-9


</TABLE>


                                       F-1


<PAGE>
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors
Kids Stuff, Inc.
Canton, Ohio

         We have audited the accompanying  balance sheets of Kids Stuff, Inc. as
of  December  31,  1997 and 1996,  and the  related  statements  of  operations,
stockholders'  equity,  and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1997. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred to above  present
fairly, in all material respects,  the financial position of Kids Stuff, Inc. as
of December 31, 1997 and 1996,  and the results of its  operations  and its cash
flows for each of the three years in the period  ended  December  31,  1997,  in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

         As discussed in Note A to the financial  statements,  Kids Stuff,  Inc.
was incorporated during 1996 and prior to June 30, 1996, had no operations.  The
results of  operations  and cash flows  prior to June 30,  1996  included in the
accompanying   financial  statements  are  those  of  the  predecessor  company,
Perfectly  Safe,  Inc.,  and certain  assets of Duncan Hill Company,  Ltd.,  the
parent company of both Perfectly Safe, Inc. and Kids Stuff, Inc.



                                                          HAUSSER + TAYLOR LLP



Canton, Ohio
February 10, 1998








                                       F-2


<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                                 Balance Sheets

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                        December 31,
                                                                 --------------------------------
                                           June 30, 1998            1997                  1996
                                           -------------         ----------            ----------
ASSETS                                     (Unaudited)
CURRENT ASSETS
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>                  <C>       
     Cash                                 $  329,157           $  101,894           $  248,648
     Accounts receivable                     392,570              335,013              165,779
     Inventories                           1,585,009            1,389,012              496,395
     Deferred catalog expense                542,103              259,592              277,469
     Due from affiliates                      18,252              580,965                 --
     Prepaid expenses                         53,539               21,798              169,789
                                           ----------           ----------           ----------
        Total Current Assets               2,920,630            2,688,274            1,358,080

PROPERTY & EQUIPMENT
     Data processing equipment               231,317              207,378               95,894
     Leasehold Improvements                   20,013               19,909                 --
     Vehicles                                  9,089                9,089                 --
     Machinery and equipment                 101,755               93,366               83,360
     Furniture and fixtures                  147,018              129,314               98,448
                                           ----------           ----------           ----------
                                             509,192              459,056              277,702
     Less accumulated depreciation           228,698              193,634              164,093
                                           ----------           ----------           ----------
                                             280,493              265,422              113,609
OTHER ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization
     Goodwill                              1,078,091            1,119,425                 --
     Customer List                           420,833              474,940                 --
     Catalog                                 124,535
                                           ----------           ----------           ----------
                                           1,623,459            1,594,365                 --
                                           ----------           ----------           ----------

                                          $4,824,582           $4,548,061           $1,471,689
                                          ==========           ==========           ==========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.





















                                       F-3
<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                                 Balance Sheets
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>




                                                                               December 31,
                                                                       ------------------------------------
                                                      September 30, 1998              1997                 1996
                                                          -------------           -----------         ------------
                                                          (Unaudited)
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES
<S>                                                      <C>                  <C>                      <C>        
     Current portion long-term debt - related parties    $      --            $   100,000              $   266,858
     Accounts payable                                     2,115,465             1,617,204                1,102,311
     Line of credit                                         732,000               671,000                  650,000
     Due to affiliates                                      --                       --                    137,070
     Customer advances and other                              13,499              137,193                    5,630
                                                         -----------           -----------             -----------
        Total Current Liabilities                          2,860,964            2,525,397                2,161,869

LONG-TERM DEBT-RELATED PARTIES,NET OF
    CURRENT PORTION                                         --                    200,000                  300,000

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
     Preferred stock - $.001 par value, 10,000,000 shares      5,000                5,000                     --
        authorized, 5,000,000 issued and outstanding,
        voting, without dividend
     Common stock - $.001 par value,  25,000,0000 shares 
        authorized,  3,512,856, 3,512,856 and 3,700,000 
        issued and outstanding in 1998, 1997 and 1996, 
        respectively                                           3,513                3,513                    3,700
     Additional paid - in capital                          3,216,734            3,216,734                  458,800
     Retained earnings (deficit)                         (1,261,630)          (1,402,583)               (1,452,680)
                                                         -----------           -----------              -----------
        Total Stockholders' Equity                         1,963,617            1,822,664                 (990,180)
                                                         -----------           -----------              -----------

                                                         $ 4,824,582           $ 4,548,061              $ 1,471,689
                                                          ===========          ===========              ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.










                                       F-4
<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                            Statements of Operations

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                      (Unaudited)
                                           Nine Months Ended September 30,                 Years Ended December 31,
                                             ----------------------------      ----------------------------------------------
                                                  1998             1997            1997             1996              1995
                                              ------------     -----------      -----------      -----------      ------------
<S>                                           <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>         
Sales                                         $  9,834,362     $  6,606,678     $ 11,016,601     $  6,638,995     $  5,724,337

Cost of Sales                                    5,806,678        3,851,136        6,812,422        4,204,321        3,540,487
                                              ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------

Gross Profit                                     4,027,684        2,755,542        4,204,179        2,434,674        2,183,850

Selling Expenses                                 2,728,343        2,066,353        2,966,929        2,193,219        1,998,502

General and Administrative
      Expenses                                   1,151,856          686,954        1,077,041          712,515          684,615
                                              ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------

Income (Loss) From Operations                      147,485            2,235         160,209          (471,060)        (499,267)

Net Other (Expense)                                ( 6,531)         (97,496)       (110,112)          (50,580)         (37,725)
                                              ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------     ------------

Net Income (Loss)                             $    140,954     $    (95,261)    $     50,097     $   (521,640)   $    (536,992)
                                              ============     ============     ============     ============     ============

Basic and Diluted Income (Loss) Per Share     $        .04     $       (.03)    $        .01     $       (.14)    $       (.15)
                                              ============     ============     ============     ============     ============

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.
</TABLE>















                                       F-5


<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                       Statements of Stockholders' Equity
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                         Common          Preferred           Paid-In            Retained
                                         Stock             Stock             Capital            Earnings            Total
                                      -----------       ------------       -----------        -----------        -----------
<S>               <C>                 <C>                <C>               <C>                <C>                <C>        
Balance - January 1, 1995             $     2,400        $      --         $   297,600        $   234,503        $   534,503

Prior Period Adjustment                      --                 --                --             (628,551)          (628,551)
                                      -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------        -----------

Balance - January 1, 1995,
   As Restated                        $     2,400        $      --         $   297,600           (394,048)           (94,048)

Net Loss                                     --                 --                --             (536,992)          (536,992)
                                      -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------        -----------

Balance - December 31, 1995                 2,400               --             297,600           (931,040)          (631,040)

Sale of 1,300,000 Common
   Shares To Bridge Lenders                 1,300               --             161,200               --              162,500

Net Loss                                     --                 --                --             (521,640)          (521,640)
                                      -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------        -----------

Balance - December 31, 1996                 3,700               --             458,800         (1,452,680)          (990,180)

Issuance of 5,000,000 Preferred
   Shares to Duncan Hill                     --                5,000              --                 --                5,000

Repurchase of 857,144 Common
   Shares From Bridge Lenders                (857)              --            (106,286)              --             (107,143)

Net Proceeds From the Issuance
   of 600,000 Common Shares in
   Public Offering                            600               --           2,619,290               --            2,619,890

Issuance of 70,000 Unregistered
   Common Shares for Purchase
   Of Natural Baby                             70               --             244,930               --              245,000

Net Income                                   --                 --                --               50,097             50,097
                                      -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------        -----------

Balance - December 31, 1997                 3,513              5,000         3,216,734         (1,402,583)         1,822,664

Net Income (Unaudited)                       --                 --                --              140,954            140,954
                                      -----------        -----------       -----------        -----------        -----------

Balance - September 30, 1998
   (Unaudited)                        $     3,513        $     5,000       $ 3,216,734        $(1,261,629)       $ 1,963,618
                                      ===========        ===========       ===========        ===========        ===========
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


                                       F-6
<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                             Statements of Cash Flow
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Nine Months Ended                   Years Ended December 31,
                                                                September 30,
                                                       ----------------   ----------------   ----------------------------------
                                                            1998               1997           1997         1996         1995
                                                       ----------------   ----------------   ----------------------------------
                                                                   (Unaudited)
 Cash Flow From Operating Activities

<S>                                                       <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         
         Net Income (loss) ............................    $  140,954    ($   95,261)   $    50,097    ($  521,640)   ($  536,992)
         Adjustments to reconcile net income
         (loss) to net cash (used) provided
         by operating activities:
            Depreciation and amortization .............       132,505         34,883         80,687         17,005         25,991
            Loss on disposal of assets ................          --             --             --           30,450           --
            (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable        (57,557)      (172,089)      (139,937)       (92,146)        21,705
            Decrease (increase) in inventories ........      (195,997)      (221,495)      (417,847)       105,622       (237,747)
            (Increase) decrease in deferred catalog ...      (282,511)        21,099        203,464       (105,944)       (34,072)
              expense
            (Increase) in prepaid expenses ............       (31,741)        52,311        (18,254)
            (Decrease) increase in accounts payable,
              customer advances and other .............       374,567         71,309        350,245        354,020        250,974
                                                             --------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net cash (used) provided by operating activities ......        80,221       (309,243)       108,455       (212,633)      (510,141)

Cash Flow From Investing Activities

         Investment in property and equipment .........       (50,135)      (110,281)      (157,023)       (38,921)       (28,016)
         (Increase) decrease in prepaid amounts for
            acquisition of Natural Baby Catalog
            business ..................................          --          126,007        126,007       (126,007)          --
         Investment in catalog artwork ................      (126,535)          --             --             --             --
         Purchase of Natural Baby Catalog business ....          --       (1,727,792)    (1,721,829)          --             --
                                                             --------     -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net Cash (used) by investing activities ...............      (176,670)    (1,712,066)    (1,752,845)      (164,928)       (28,016)

Cash Flow From Financing Activities
         Borrowings on line of credit - net ...........        61,000           --           21,000        220,000        255,000
         Sale of common stock .........................          --        2,619,890      2,619,890        162,500           --
         Sale of preferred stock ......................          --            5,000          5,000           --             --
         Borrowings or long-term debt - related parties          --             --             --          566,858           --
         Payment on long-term debt - related parties ..          --         (266,858)      (266,858)          --             --
         Payment on note payable for acquisition of
           Natural Baby Catalog .......................          --             --         (100,000)          --             --
         Purchase of common stock .....................          --         (107,143)      (107,143)          --             --
         (Increase) decrease in prepaid amounts for
            public offering ...........................          --             --           43,782        (43,782)          --
         (Decrease) increase in due to affiliates .....          --         (137,070)      (137,070)      (315,086)       281,726
         Decrease (increase) in due from affiliates ...       262,713       (254,150)      (580,965)          --             --
                                                           ----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities ......       323,713      1,859,669      1,497,636        590,490        536,726

Net increase (decrease) in cash .......................       227,263       (161,640)      (146,754)       212,929         (1,431)

Cash - Beginning ......................................       101,894        248,648        248,648         35,719         37,150
                                                           ----------    -----------    -----------    -----------    -----------

Cash - Ending .........................................   $   329,157    $    87,009    $   101,894    $   248,648    $    35,719
                                                           ==========    ===========    ===========    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>
   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>
                                Kids Stuff, Inc.
                            Statements of Cash Flows
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      (Unaudited)
                                                                   Nine Months Ended
                                                                      September 30,                      Years Ended December 31,
                                                              -------------------------     ---------------------------------------
                                                                  1998          1997           1997         1996            1995
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>       
                                                              ------------- -----------     ---------     ---------     -----------
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
     Cash Paid during the period for interest                    $ 49,157      $ 92,697      $108,778      $ 50,554      $ 42,729

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Investing Activity

     Borrowing on note payable for the purchase
        of The Natural Baby Catalog                              $   --        $   --        $100,000      $   --        $   --


     Issuance of 70,000 unregistered common shares
        for the purchase of The Natural Baby Catalog                 --            --         245,000          --            --

     Retirement of long-term debt - related parties through
        the elimination of an inter-company debt owed by
        Duncan Hill                                              $300,000          --            --            --            --
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

























































                                       F-8



<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Reorganization

     A.  Reorganization  - Kids Stuff,  Inc. ("Kids Stuff" or the "Company") was
incorporated  during 1996 as a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Duncan Hill Company,
Ltd.  ("Duncan  Hill").  Prior to  reorganization  occurring June 30, 1996, Kids
Stuff had no operations.  The  operations  shown in the  accompanying  financial
statements  prior to June 30, 1996 are those of Perfectly Safe,  Inc., which was
dissolved  as  part  of the  reorganization  and  is  sometimes  referred  to as
"Predecessor" in these financial statements.

     Perfectly  Safe,  Inc. was also a wholly owned  subsidiary  of Duncan Hill.
Effective June 30, 1996, the assets and  liabilities  of Perfectly  Safe,  Inc.,
reverted to Duncan Hill, and Perfectly Safe, Inc. was dissolved.  As part of the
reorganization,   the  Company  acquired  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  its
Predecessor.  The Company also acquired, as part of the reorganization,  certain
fixed assets  formerly  belonging to Duncan Hill at a net book value of $122,143
at December 31, 1995. The combination of the Company's acquisition of the assets
of its  Predecessor  and the Company's  acquisition  of certain assets of Duncan
Hill were  accounted for at  historical  cost as a  reorganization  of companies
under common control.  The operations of the Predecessor are currently  operated
as the Perfectly Safe Division and Jeanne's Kids Club Division of the Company.

     B.  Business  Description  - The Company is in the mail order  business and
sells to customers  throughout the United States.  Perfectly Safe, a division of
the Company,  primarily  sells  children's  safety products for use up to age 3.
Jeanne's  Kids Club,  a division of the  Company,  sells hard good  products for
children  primarily up to the age of 3. Natural Baby, a division of the Company,
sells clothing and toys for children  primarily up to the age of 3. Products are
purchased from a variety of vendors.

     C. Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity
with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities at the date of
the  financial  statements  and the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses
during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

     D. Fair Value of Financial  Instruments - The fair value of cash,  accounts
receivable,  accounts payable and other short-term obligations approximate their
carrying values because of the short maturities of those financial  instruments.
The carrying values of the Company's  long-term  obligations  approximate  their
fair value.  In  accordance  with  Statement of  Accounting  Standards  No. 107,
"Disclosure  About Fair Value of  Financial  Instruments,"  rates  available  at
balance  sheet  dates to the  Company  are used to  estimate  the fair  value of
existing debt.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Reorganization (continued)


     E.  Trade  Receivables  - It is the  Company's  policy to  record  accounts
receivable net of an allowance for doubtful accounts.  Management has determined
that no  allowance  is  necessary  as of December  31,  1997 and 1996.  Bad debt
expense was $34,485  (unaudited)  and  $23,233  (unaudited)  for the nine months
ended  September  30, 1998 and 1997,  respectively,  and $37,904,  $34,752,  and
$18,742 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

     F. Inventories  consist of finished goods held for resale and are stated at
the  lower  of cost or  market  with  cost  being  determined  by the  first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method.

     G.  Deferred  catalog  expenses  are costs of catalogs  mailed to customers
which are deferred  and  amortized  over periods  ranging from four weeks to six
months,  the estimated length of time customers  utilize catalogs and other mail
order mailings from the Company.  Catalog expense was $2,124,801 (unaudited) and
$1,613,882  (unaudited)  for the nine months ended  September 30, 1998 and 1997,
respectively,  and  $2,473,778,  $1,936,094,  and $1,772,770 for the years ended
December 31, 1997, 1996, and 1995, respectively.

     H.  December  31, 1996 prepaid  expenses  include  $43,782  relative to the
public  offering (see Note 7) and $126,007  relative to the  acquisition  of The
Natural Baby Catalog (see Note 5).

     I.  Property and equipment  are carried at cost and  depreciated  using the
straight-line  method over their estimated useful lives ranging from five to ten
years.   Depreciation  expense  amounted  to  $43,590  (unaudited)  and  $37,470
(unaudited) for the nine months ended September 30, 1998 and 1997, respectively,
and $29,541,  $17,005,  and $25,991 for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996,
and 1995, respectively.

     Maintenance,  repairs, and minor renewals are charged against earnings when
incurred. Additions and major renewals are capitalized.













                                      F-10


<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Reorganization (continued)

     J.  Intangible  Assets - During 1997, the Company  purchased the net assets
and  operations  of The Natural Baby Company as discussed in Note 5.  Management
has determined the fair value of the customer list acquired in that  acquisition
to be $505,000. The excess purchase price over the fair value of assets acquired
amounted to $1,140,512 and was recorded as goodwill.  The customer list is being
amortized  using the  straight-line  method over seven years.  Goodwill is being
amortized  using the  straight-line  method over twenty years.  For the customer
list, accumulated  amortization was $84,166 (unaudited) as of September 30, 1998
and $30,060 as of December 31, 1997. For goodwill  accumulated  amortization was
$63,912  (unaudited)  as of  September  30, 1998 and $21,087 as of December  31,
1997.

     K. The Company developed and maintains a mailing list of customers who have
purchased  merchandise in the recent past. The cost of developing,  maintaining,
and updating this list is expensed in the period incurred.

     L. Per  Share  Amounts  - Net  income  per  share is  calculated  using the
weighted  average  number of shares  outstanding  during the year and additional
shares assumed to be outstanding to reflect the dilutive  effect of common stock
equivalents.  The only common stock  equivalents  outstanding were the 2,400,000
Class A  Warrants.  The  number of shares  outstanding  in  computing  basic and
diluted earnings per share for 1997, 1996, and 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            (Unaudited)
                                           Nine months ended
                                          September 30,                 Years ended December 31,
                                          -------------                 ------------------------
                                 1998          1997          1997          1996          1995
                                 ----          ----          ----          ----          ----
Actual weighted average
number of common shares
outstanding
<S>                              <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>      
                                 3,512,856     3,590,647     3,551,432     3,700,000     3,700,000
     
Effect of dilutive warrants
                                      --            --         768,000          --            --
                                  ---------     ---------     --------     ---------     ---------



Weighted average assuming
conversion used for diluted
earnings per share
                                 3,512,856     3,590,647     4,319,432     3,700,000     3,700,000
                                 =========     =========     =========     =========     =========
</TABLE>



     For the 1996 and 1995  calculation  of shares  outstanding,  the  3,700,000
shares includes the 857,144 shares that the Company bought back from the private
investors in 1997 (see Note 2A).





                                      F-11


<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Reorganization (continued)

     M.  Reclassification  -  Certain  amounts  in the 1996  and 1995  financial
statements have been reclassified to conform to the 1997 presentation.

     N. New Authoritative Pronouncements

     In June 1997, SFAS 130, "Reporting  Comprehensive Income," was issued. SFAS
130  established  new  standards  for  reporting  comprehensive  income  and its
components and is effective for fiscal years  beginning after December 15, 1997.
The Company expects that  comprehensive  income will not differ  materially from
net income.

     In June 1997,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS 131,
"Disclosure About Segments of an Enterprise and Related  Information."  SFAS 131
changes the  standards for reporting  financial  results by operating  segments,
related  products and  services,  geographical  areas and major  customers.  The
Company  must  adopt SFAS 131 no later  than  December  31,  1998.  The  Company
believes that the effect of adoption will not be material.

     In June 1998,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board issued SFAS 133,
(Accounting for Derivative  Instruments and Hedging  Activities." This statement
established  accounting  and  reporting  standards for  derivative  instruments,
including certain derivative  instruments  embedded in other contracts,  and for
hedging activities.  It requires recognition of all derivatives as either assets
of liabilities on the balance sheet and measurement of those instruments at fair
value.   If  certain   conditions  are  met,  a  derivative  may  be  designated
specifically  as (a) a hedge  of the  exposure  to  changes  in fair  value of a
recognized asset or liability or an unrecognized firm commitment (a fair hedge),
(b) a hedge of the exposure to variable  cash flows of a forecasted  transaction
(a cash  hedge),  or (c) a  hedge  of the  foreign  currency  exposure  of a net
investment  in  a  foreign  operation,  an  unrecognized  firm  commitment,   an
available-for-sale  security,  or  a   foreign-currency-denominated   forecasted
transaction.  The  Company  does not  anticipate  having  each of these types of
hedges, but will comply with requirements of SFAS 133 when adopted.

     This  statement  is  effective  for all  fiscal  quarters  of fiscal  years
beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company will adopt SFAS 133 beginning January
1, 2000. The effect of adopting SFAS 133 is not expected to be material.












                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)



Note 1.  Parent Corporation

     Prior  to  June  30,  1996,  the  telemarketing,  order  fulfillment,  data
processing, and administrative function of Perfectly Safe, Inc. were provided by
Duncan Hill,  which also provided those  services,  as applicable,  to its other
operating  subsidiaries.  Duncan  Hill  allocated  the  cost  of  its  services,
including  rent,  to its  operating  subsidiaries  on a direct  cost  basis,  as
applicable,  or on a pro rata basis determined by the percentage of total assets
of the various operating  subsidiaries,  exclusive of the assets of Duncan Hill.
Management believes this is a reasonable basis of cost allocation and that these
expenses  would not have been  materially  different  had the Company  been on a
stand-alone basis.

     As of June 30, 1996, the Company purchased from Duncan Hill the assets used
by Duncan Hill to perform the telemarketing, order fulfillment, data processing,
and  administrative  functions.  The Company  commenced the performance of these
functions as of June 30, 1996, except for the payroll and accounting  functions,
which Duncan Hill continued to provide  through  December 31, 1996.  Duncan Hill
charged the Company for its allocated  portion of these expenses on the basis of
total  assets,  which  management  believes  to be a  reasonable  basis  of cost
allocation.  Management  believes  that,  had the Company been on a  stand-alone
basis, these expenses would not be materially different.

     Subsequent to December 31, 1996,  the Company  provides  services to Duncan
Hill and Duncan Hill's other subsidiary,  as requested, on an actual cost basis.
Actual  costs are those  direct  costs that can be charged on a per order or per
hour basis, plus general and administrative  costs allocated on a pro rata basis
by dividing the total assets of the operating entity requesting  services by the
sum of the  total  assets  of all  operating  entities  of  Duncan  Hill and the
operating entity requesting services.



















                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 2.  Stockholders' Equity

         A.  Common Stock

         In connection  with the  reorganization  effective  June 30, 1996,  the
Company issued to its parent,  Duncan Hill Co., Ltd., 2,400,000 shares of Common
Stock at a value of $.125 per share.  Commencing  October 1996, the Company sold
an aggregate of 1,300,000 shares of Common Stock to eight private  investors for
the aggregate purchase price of $162,500. These 3,700,000 shares of unregistered
securities  were  issued  by  the  Company  at  its  inception.  There  were  no
underwriting  discounts and commissions  paid in connection with the issuance of
any said securities.

         In June 1997,  the  Company  repurchased  857,144 of the shares sold to
five of the eight  private  investors at a repurchase  price of $.125 per share.
The Company's  repurchase  payment was in the form of promissory  notes totaling
$107,143. These notes were paid off in July 1997 with the proceeds of the public
offering.

         In July 1997,  the Company  completed an initial  public  offering (see
Note 7) in which 600,000 common shares were issued.

         In July 1997, the Company issued 70,000 unregistered restricted shares,
which represented  $245,000 of the $2,066,829  purchase cost of The Natural Baby
Catalog (see Note 5).

         B.  Preferred Stock

         The Board of Directors has the authority, without further action by the
stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock in one or more
series and to fix the rights, references,  privileges, and restrictions thereof,
including  dividend  rights,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   terms  of
redemption,  liquidation preferences,  and the number of shares constituting any
series or the designation of such series.

         During January 1997, the Company  issued  5,000,000  shares of Series A
Preferred  Stock,  $.001 par value to Duncan Hill as part of the  reorganization
(See Note A). The  holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock are  entitled to one
vote for each share  held of record on all  matters  submitted  to a vote of the
stockholders.

         The Series A Preferred  Stock is not subject to  redemption  and has no
conversion rights or rights to participate in dividend payments. In the event of
any  voluntary  or  involuntary  liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the
affairs of the Company, each share of Series A Preferred Stock has a liquidation
preference of $.001 per share.









                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)


Note 2.  Stockholders' Equity (continued)

         C.  Warrants

         In  conjunction  with  the  public  offering  discussed  in Note 7, the
Company issued  2,400,000 Class A warrants.  Each warrant entitles the holder to
purchase  one  share of  common  stock at a price of $5.00  for a period of four
years  commencing  one year  after  the date of the  Company's  prospectus.  The
Company  may redeem the  Warrants  at a price of $.05 per  Warrant,  at any time
after they become exercisable, upon not less than 30 days' prior written notice,
if the closing bid price of the Common  Stock has been at least $14.40 per share
for 20  consecutive  trading  days  ending on the fifth day prior to the date on
which the notice of redemption is given.

Note 3.  Note Payable - Line of Credit

         Kids Stuff,  Inc. has an $800,000  line of credit from United Bank with
an open term which is payable on demand, bearing interest payable monthly at the
bank's prime lending rate plus 1%, for an effective rate of 9.5% at December 31,
1997,  and had a balance of $732,000 at  September  30,  1998  (unaudited),  and
$671,000 at December 31, 1997. The line is secured by assets of the company,  as
well as the assets of Duncan Hill and another Duncan  subsidiary,  Havana Group,
Inc.,  formerly  E. A. Carey of Ohio,  Inc.  The  repayment  of the  facility is
guaranteed by Mr. Miller,  the Company's  Chief  Executive  Officer.  The credit
facility is  currently  being  rewritten  by the bank. A condition of renewal is
that the  Company  maintains  a zero  balance on the credit line for a period of
thirty  consecutive  days during the course of each year. The bank has agreed to
waive  this  requirement  until a new  loan  package  has been  negotiated.  The
weighted  average interest rate for the years ended December 31, 1997, 1996, and
1995 was 9.4%,  9.3%, and 9.7%,  respectively.  Due to the current nature of the
liability, the carrying amount of the line approximates fair value.




















                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)



Note 4. Long-Term Debt - Related Parties

        A.  Long-term debt - related parties consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    September 30,                  December 31,
                                                                                   ---------------     --------------------------
                                                                                       1998               1997             1996
                                                                                       ----               ----             ----
<S>                                                                                  <C>                <C>                <C>     
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
    Note Payable - Duncan Hill Company (parent  company),  unsecured and payable
       in four annual  principal  payments plus  interest at 8.0%,  matures June
       2000.  The initial  installment  was for $66,858 and the three  remaining
       installments  are for  $100,000.  (Duncan  Hill has retired  this note as
       payment against an inter-company debt
       owed to the Company by Duncan Hill.)                                          $ -                $300,000           $366,858

    Note Payable - (bridge lenders) - The entire principal
       plus interest at 8.0%, was paid off during 1997                                 -                      -             125,000

    Note Payable - (bridge lenders) - The entire principal
       plus interest at 8.0%, was paid off during 1997.                                -                      -              75,000
                                                                                 ---------------     -------------    --------------
                                                                                       -                  300,000           566,858
    Less current portion                                                               -                  100,000           266,858
                                                                                 -------------    --------------     -------------
                                                                                    $  -                 $200,000          $300,000
                                                                                 ===============     =============    ==============
</TABLE>

Note 5.  Acquisition of The Natural Baby Catalog

In July 1997, the Company  acquired the net assets and operations of The Natural
Baby  Catalog,  a mail order  retailer  of  children's  clothing  and toys.  The
purchase was funded with the net  proceeds of an initial  public  offering.  The
acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase and, accordingly, the operating
results of the acquired  company have been included in the  Company's  financial
statements  since  the date of  acquisition.  The  aggregate  purchase  price is
comprised of the following:


                                      F-16


<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 5.  Acquisition of The Natural Baby Catalog (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

         Cash paid to former owners and to pay off debt of
<S>                                                                         <C>        
             The Natural Baby Company                                       $ 1,444,831

         Costs of acquisition                                                   276,998

         Issuance of 70,000 Kids Stuff unregistered  common shares to the former
             owners of The Natural Baby
             Company                                                            245,000

         Note payable                                                           100,000

                 Total purchase price                                       $ 2,066,829


         The purchase  price was allocated to the net assets  acquired  based on
fair values as follows:

         Accounts receivable                                                  $  29,297

         Inventory                                                              474,769

         Deferred catalog costs                                                 185,587

         Prepaid expenses                                                         3,544

         Property and equipment                                                  24,331

         Customer list                                                          505,000

         Accounts payable assumed                                               (296,211)

                 Net assets acquired                                             926,317

         Excess of the purchase price over fair market value
             of assets acquired                                               1,140,512

                 Total purchase price                                       $ 2,066,829
                                                                            ===========

</TABLE>

       The excess of the aggregate  purchase price over the fair market value of
       net assets acquired of $1,140,512 were recorded as goodwill.


                                      F-17


<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 5.   Acquisition of The Natural Baby Catalog (continued)

        The following  unaudited  pro forma results of operations  for the years
ended December 31, 1997,  1996, and 1995 assume the  acquisition  occurred as of
January 1, 1995:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                       1997            1996          1995
                                       ----            ----          ----


<S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>       
          Sales                      13,954,877     13,090,210   10,952,806

          Net income                   298,835          37,009     (324,259)

          Earnings per share               .08             .01         (.09)
</TABLE>

Note 6.  Income Tax

     The Company  accounts  for income  taxes in  accordance  with  Statement of
Financial Accounting Standard No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

     Deferred income taxes reflect the effects of temporary  differences between
the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting purposes.
Deferred tax assets  (liabilities)  consisted  of the  following at December 31,
1997 and 1996:

                                                  1997           1996
                                                  ----           ----

   Deferred tax assets:
<S>                                             <C>              <C>      
Net operating loss carryforward                 $ 122,529        $ 174,883
Inventory obsolescence                             37,796             --
                                                   ------


Total deferred tax assets                         160,325        174,883
Valuation allowance                               (62,573)       (80,544)
                                                   ------        --------

Net deferred tax asset                             97,752         94,339

         Deferred tax liabilities:
Deferred catalog expense                          (88,261)       (94,339)
Amortization                                       (4,586)          --
                                                                    --
Depreciation                                       (4,905)          --
                                                                    --

Total deferred tax liabilities                    (97,752)       (94,339)
                                                   ------        --------

Net deferred income taxes                       $     --       $     --       
                                                ===========  ================

</TABLE>

                                      F-18


<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 6.  Income Tax (continued)

     The  Company's  ability to  recognize  deferred  tax assets is dependent on
generating  future regular taxable income.  In accordance with the provisions of
SFAS 109, management has provided a valuation allowance.

     The Company had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately  $360,000
as of December 31, 1997 for tax purposes.  The loss carryforwards  expire in the
year 2011. Tax net operating  losses of the  Predecessor  incurred prior to July
1996 reverted to the parent company in the reorganization.

Note 7.  Public Offering

     In July 1997,  the Company  completed an initial  public  offering in which
300,000 units were sold for $2,619,890,  net of issuance costs of $980,110. Each
unit consisted of two common shares and eight redeemable  Class A warrants,  and
sold  for  $12  per  unit.   The  common  stock  and  warrants  are   separately
transferable.

     The  proceeds  of the public  offering  were used to acquire net assets and
operations of The Natural Baby  Catalog,  to pay on accounts  payable,  to repay
indebtedness to bridge lenders,  to repay  indebtedness to the Company's parent,
Duncan Hill, to consolidate the operations of The Natural Baby Catalog,  and for
general corporate purposes.

Note 8.  Employment Agreement

     The Company has entered into separate five-year employment  agreements with
William L. Miller and Jeanne E. Miller,  effective January 1, 1997,  pursuant to
which Mr. Miller is to serve as Chief Executive  Officer of the Company and Mrs.
Miller is to serve as its Executive Vice  President.  The employment  agreements
provide for an annual base  salary of  $125,000  for Mr.  Miller and $90,000 for
Mrs.  Miller,  subject  to  annual  review  for  increase  by the  Company.  The
employment  agreements also provide for the  eligibility of these  executives to
receive annual cash bonuses under the Company's Incentive Compensation Plan.

     Each of Mr.  Miller and Mrs.  Miller were  granted  under their  respective
employment  agreements  an option to purchase  100,000  shares of the  Company's
Common Stock,  which will vest 25% on each of the first four  anniversary  dates
commencing  January 1, 1998,  regardless of whether the executive is employed on
such dates by the Company.  The vested options will be  immediately  exercisable
and will expire ten years from the date of the agreement.  The exercise price of
the options  shall be $5.00 per share,  subject to downward  adjustments  in the
exercise price if the Company meets certain performance goals.










                                      F-19

<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 8.  Employment Agreement (continued)

         The Company  accounts  for  employee  stock  options  under APB 25 and,
accordingly,  no  compensation  cost has been  recognized.  If the  Company  had
elected to recognize  compensation  cost  consistent  with the fair-value  based
method  prescribed by SFAS 123, the Company's net income would have been reduced
by  approximately  $330,000  or $.09 per share for the year ended  December  31,
1997.

         For purposes of the pro forma disclosures  presented above, the Company
computed  the fair  values of options  granted  using the  Black-Scholes  option
pricing model assuming no dividends, 45% volatility,  an expected life of 50% of
the ten-year option terms, and a risk-free interest rate of 6.3%.

Note 9.  Incentive Plans

         A. Incentive Compensation Plan

         During 1997, the Company  adopted an Incentive  Compensation  Plan (the
"Plan").  The Plan is designed to motivate employee  participants to achieve the
Company's annual strategic goals.  Eligibility for  participation in the Plan is
limited to the Chief  Executive  Officer and the Executive Vice President of the
Company,  and such other  employees of the Company as may be  designated  by the
Board of Directors from time to time.  For each fiscal year of the Company,  the
Board will  establish a bonus pool not to exceed 10% of the Company's  operating
income.  The amount of such pool with  respect  to any year shall be  determined
subsequent  to the end of that  year  upon the  determination  of the  Company's
operating  income for that year.  Each  participant  in the Plan is  eligible to
receive  from the bonus pool an annual  award of up to 50% of the  participant's
base salary. There were no awards in 1997 or the first nine months of 1998.

         B.  Stock Incentive Plan

         During 1997,  the Company  adopted a Stock  Incentive  Plan  (Incentive
Plan).  Under the Incentive  Plan,  the  Compensation  Committee of the Board of
Directors  may grant stock  incentives to key employees and the directors of the
Company  pursuant  to which a total of  400,000  shares of  Common  Stock may be
issued; provided,  however, that the maximum amount of Common Stock with respect
to which stock  incentives may be granted to any person during any calendar year
shall  be  20,000  shares,  except  for a grant  made to a  recipient  upon  the
recipients  initial  hiring by the Company,  in which case the number shall be a
maximum of 40,000  shares.  These numbers are subject to adjustment in the event
of a stock split and similar events.  Stock incentive  grants may be in the form
of options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards or a combination thereof. No
stock incentives were granted under the Incentive Plan in 1997 or the first nine
months of 1998.



                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                    NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Note 10. Prior Period Adjustment

         During 1996,  the Company  changed its  accounting  principle  utilized
regarding  internally-generated  customer lists and development  costs. Prior to
the  change,  the  Company  capitalized  and  amortized  these  costs over their
estimated  useful  life.  The Company  now  expenses  these  costs as  incurred.
Additionally,  the Company has adjusted its  financial  statements  to eliminate
goodwill  associated  with its 1990  acquisition  of the Perfectly  Safe Catalog
business because the transaction would be deemed to have been between affiliated
parties. The January 1, 1995 retained earnings and the related 1995 Statement of
Income have been restated for the effect of the following adjustments:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   1995 Net Income (Loss)
                                                   Retained       ------------------------
                                                   Earnings        Amount        Per Share
                                                   --------       ------------------------

<S>                                               <C>             <C>             <C>   
         As previously reported                   $ 234,503       $(163,232)      $(.05)

         Elimination of internally-generated
             customer lists, development
             costs and goodwill                    (765,251)       (336,660)       (.09)

         Elimination of the related deferred
             tax liability                          136,700         (37,100)       (.01)
                                                  ---------       ---------       -----

         As adjusted                              $(394,048)      $(536,992)      $(.15)
                                                  =========       =========       =====

</TABLE>



                                      F-21
<PAGE>

                                     PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

         Section  145 of the  Delaware  General  corporation  Law,  as  amended,
provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is
threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,
suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative
(other  than an action by or in the right of the  corporation)  by reason of the
fact that the person is or was a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of the
corporation,  or is or was  serving  at the  request  of  the  corporation  as a
director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation,  partnership, joint
venture,  trust or other  enterprise,  against  expenses  (including  attorney's
fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably
incurred  by the  person in good  faith and in a manner  the  person  reasonably
believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation,  and,
with respect to any criminal  action or proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to
believe  his  conduct  was  unlawful.   Section  145  further  provides  that  a
corporation similarly may indemnify any such person serving in any such capacity
who was or is a party or is  threatened  to be made a party  to any  threatened,
pending or  completed  action or suit by or in the right of the  corporation  to
procure a judgment in its favor,  against expenses  (including  attorneys' fees)
actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of
such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person
reasonably  believed  to be in or not  opposed  to  the  best  interests  of the
corporation and except that no  indemnification  shall be made in respect of any
claim,  issue or matter as to which such person  shall have been  adjudged to be
liable to the corporation  unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court
of chancery  or such other court in which such action or suit was brought  shall
determine upon  application  that,  despite the adjudication of liability but in
view of all the  circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably
entitled  to  indemnify  for such  expenses  which the Court of Chancery or such
other court shall deem proper.

         Article  VII,  Section 7, of the  By-Laws of the Company  provides  for
indemnification  of  officers,  directors,  employees  and  agents to the extent
permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

         The employment  agreements  with William L. Miller and Jeanne E. Miller
each provide for their indemnification to the full extent permitted by law.

         The  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation   contains  a  provision
eliminating the personal  monetary  liability of directors to the extent allowed
under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Under the provision,
a  stockholder  is able to prosecute  an action  against a director for monetary
damages only if he can show a breach of the duty of loyalty, a failure to act in
good faith, intentional misconduct, a knowing violation of law, an

                                      II-1

<PAGE>
improper  personal  benefit  or an  illegal  dividend  or stock  repurchase,  as
referred to in the  provision,  and not  "negligence"  or "gross  negligence" in
satisfying  his duty of care.  The  provision,  however,  does  not  affect  the
availability of seeking  equitable relief against a director of the Company.  In
addition, the provision applies only to claims against a director arising out of
his role as a  director  and not,  if he is also an  officer,  his  role,  as an
officer or in any other capacity or to his responsibilities under any other law,
such as federal securities laws.

ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.

     The  estimated  expenses  in  connection  with this  offering,  other  than
underwriting discounts and commissions, are as follows:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                  <C>          
         SEC filing fee..........................................$2,715.49
         NASD Fees ...............................................1,420.50
         Accounting fees and expenses*...........................25,000.00
         Legal fees*.............................................40,000.00
         Blue Sky fees and expenses*.............................45,000.00
         Printing and engraving*.................................80,000.00
         Miscellaneous expenses*..................................5,865.01
    
                    TOTAL......................................$200,000.00
- ---------------
</TABLE>
* Estimated.

The Company will bear all expenses shown above.

ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

         The following shares of unregistered securities have been issued by the
Registrant  since  its  inception.  there  were no  underwriting  discounts  and
commissions paid in connection with the issuance of any of said securities.

         In connection  with the  reorganization  effective  June 30, 1996,  the
Company issued to its parent,  Duncan Hill Co., Ltd.  2,400,000 shares of Common
Stock at a value of $.125 per share,  and 5,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred
Stock at a value of $.001 per share.

         Commencing  October,  1996,  the Company sold an aggregate of 1,300,000
shares of Common Stock to eight private  investors  for the  aggregate  purchase
price of  $162,500.  In June,  1997,  the Company  repurchased  857,144 of those
shares from five  private  investors at the same price for which the shares were
originally sold to these investors.

         In October,  1996,  the Company  borrowed an aggregate of $200,000 from
three private investors. As originally structured, $75,000 of the face amount of
the loan was  convertible  upon  its  terms  into  1,500,000  Class A  Warrants.
Subsequently, the loan was

                                      II-2

<PAGE>
restructured so that the lenders' would be repaid the entire face amount of loan
in lieu of the right to convert  $75,000 of the face amount into 1,500,000 Class
A Warrants.

         In July 1997, the Registrant completed its acquisition of the assets of
The Natural Baby Company,  Inc.  Included in the  consideration  paid was 70,000
unregistered  shares  of the  Registrant's  Common  Stock  to The  Natural  Baby
Company, Inc.

         As described in the Prospectus, the Company has granted to the officers
and  directors  the  following:  options to purchase  100,000  shares to William
Miller, options to purchase 200,000 shares to Jeanne Miller, options to purchase
7,500 shares to Clark D. Swisher,  options to purchase 7,500 shares to Alfred M.
Schmidt and options to purchase 80,000 shares to William T. Evans.

         In each of the foregoing cases, the Company issued the above securities
without  registration in reliance upon the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of
the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as  amended,  as  transactions  by an issuer  not
involving  any  public  offering.  In  addition,  with  respect  to  the  second
transaction  listed  above,  I.E.,  the issuance of  1,300,000  shares of Common
Stock, the Company relied upon Rule 504 promulgated  under the Securities Act of
1933.  The Company was not an issuer that was  precluded  from relying upon Rule
504 under  paragraph  (a) thereof and, in addition,  had satisfied the terms and
conditions of Rules 501 and 502(a) by virtue of the fact that it had not offered
in excess of $1,000,000  of securities  within the 12 months before the start of
and  during the  offering  of  securities  under Rule 504,  in  reliance  on any
exemption  under Section 3(b), or in violation of Section 5(a) of the Securities
Act.

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

   
<S>      <C>          <C>
         1.01         Revised Form of Underwriting Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.02         Revised Form of Selected Dealers Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.03         Revised Form of Warrant Exercise Fee Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.04         Form of Underwriting Agreement - Series 1 Preferred Stock (7)
         3.01         Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (1)
         3.02         Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company(1)
         3.03         By-Laws of the Company(1)
         3.04         Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock (2)
         3.05         Certificate of Designation (11)
         4.01         Specimen Certificate for Shares of Common Stock (2)
         4.02         Specimen Certificate for Shares of Series A Preferred Stock (2)
         4.03         Revised Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement (5)
         4.04         Revised Specimen Certificate for Common Stock Purchase Warrants (3)
         4.05         Revised Form of Underwriters' Purchase Option - 1997 Offering (5)
         4.06         Form of Representative's Lock-up Letter (2)
         4.07         Form of Representative's Purchase Option Agreement (7)
         4.08         Preferred Stock Agency Agreement ( 10)
    

                                      II-3

<PAGE>
   
         4.09         Preferred Warrant Agency Agreement (10)
         4.10         Specimen of Preferred Warrant (10)
         4.11         Specimen of Series 1 Preferred Stock (11)
         5.01         Opinion of Lester Morse P.C. (10)
    
         10.01        Agreement to Acquire the Assets of The Natural Baby Company, Inc., (the
                      "Acquisition Agreement")(1)
         10.02        Addendum to Acquisition Agreement (1)
         10.03        Escrow Agreement under the Acquisition Agreement (1)
         10.04        Form of Consulting Agreement with Jane Martin (1)
         10.05        Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and its Parent (1)
         10.06        Promissory Note from the Company and its Parent (1)
         10.07        Form of Bridge Loan Agreement (1)
         10.08        Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Fairchild Financial
                      Group, Inc. (1)
         10.09        Credit Facility with United National Bank and Trust Company (2)
         10.10        Lease for Company's principal offices and telemarketing center (2)
         10.11        Employment Agreement with William L. Miller (2)
         10.12        Revised Employment Agreement with Jeanne E. Miller (10)
         10.13        Incentive Compensation Plan (2)
         10.14        1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (2)
         10.15        Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company
                      and its Parent (2)
         10.16        Form of Amendment to Bridge Loan Agreement (4)
         10.17        Amended Form of Stock Repurchase Agreement and Note (5)
         10.18        Second Addendum to Acquisition Agreement (5)
         10.19        First Addendum to Escrow Agreement (6)
         10.20        Third Addendum to Acquisition Agreement (6)
         10.21        Agreement with The Havana Group, Inc. (9)
         10.22        Form of new Financial Consulting Agreement with Fairchild Financial
                      Group, Inc. (7)
   
         10.23        Employment Agreement with William T. Evans (10)
         10.24        Other Leases (11)
         23.01        Consent of Hausser + Taylor LLP (7)
         23.02        Consent of Lester Morse P.C. [included in Exhibit 5.01]
         27.00        Revised Financial Data Schedule (8)

    
</TABLE>
 -----------
(1)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Form SB-2  Registration
         Statement,  file no. 333-19423,  filed with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission on January 8, 1997.
(2)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 1 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 1997.

                                      II-4

<PAGE>
(3)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 2 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 1997.
(4)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 3 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 1997.
(5)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 4 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 1997.
(6)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 5 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 1997.
(7)      Filed herewith.
(8)      Previously  filed in connection  with reports under the  Securities and
         Exchange Act of 1934
(9)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K filed for its
         fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
(10)     Previously filed in prior amendment to this Registration Statement.

   
(11)     To be filed by amendment.
    

ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS.

     (a) RULE 415 OFFERING

     The Company will:

       1. File,  during any period in which  offers or sales are being  made,  a
post-effective amendment to this registration statement to:

         (i)    Include  any  prospectus  required  by Section  10(a)(3)  of the
                Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act");

         (ii)   Reflect   in  the   prospectus   any  facts  or  events   which,
                individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change
                in the information set forth in the registration statement;

         (iii)  Include any additional or changed material information on the   
                plan of distribution;

       2.  For  determining  liability  under  the 1933  Act,  treat  each  such
post-effective  amendment  as a new  registration  statement  of the  securities
offered,  and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering.


                                      II-5

<PAGE>
      3. File a post-effective  amendment to remove from registration any of the
securities that remain unsold at the end of the offering.

     (b) INDEMNIFICATION

     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors,  officers or  controlling  persons of the Company
pursuant to the provisions referred to in Item 14 of this Registration Statement
or otherwise, the Company has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable. In the event that a
claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other than the payment by
the Company of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or controlling
person  of the  Company  in the  successful  defense  of any  action,  suite  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by such  director,  officer or  controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     (c) RULE 430A

         The Company will:

         1. For  determining  any  liability  under  the  1933  Act,  treat  the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of a
prospectus  filed by the Company  issuer  under Rule  424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under  the 1933 Act as part of this  Registration  Statement  as of the time the
Commission declared it effective.

         2. For any  liability  under the 1933 Act,  treat  each  post-effective
amendment that contains a form of prospectus as a new registration statement for
the securities  offered in the Registration  Statement,  and the offering of the
securities at that time as the initial bona fide offering of those securities.

                     [THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]




                                      II-6

<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES


   
         In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that
it meets all the  requirements  for filing on Form  SB-2,  and  authorized  this
Registration  Statement  to be signed on its behalf by the  undersigned,  in the
City of Canton, State of Ohio, on this 2nd day of December, 1998.
    



KIDS STUFF, INC.

By: /s/ WILLIAM L. MILLER
- ------------------------------
William L. Miller, Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer

         In accordance  with the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration  Statement was signed by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates stated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

          SIGNATURE                         TITLE                                       DATE
- -------------------------------             ---------------------------                 --------------

   
<S>                                          <C>                                          <C> 
/s/ WILLIAM L. MILLER                        Chairman of the Board,                      December 2, 1998
- --------------------------------             Chief Executive Officer
William L. Miller                            Treasurer  , Secretary and
    
                                             Chief Financial and
                                             Accounting Officer

   
/s/ JEANNE E. MILLER                         Executive Vice President                    December 2, 1998
- ---------------------------------            and Director
Jeanne E. Miller

/s/ CLARK D. SWISHER                         Director                                    December 2, 1998
    
- ---------------------------------
Clark D. Swisher

/s/Alfred Schmidt
   
- ---------------------------                  Director                                    December 2, 1998
Alfred Schmidt
    
</TABLE>

                                      II-7

<PAGE>
                                  EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
<S>      <C>      <C>
         1.01     Revised Form of Underwriting Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.02     Revised Form of Selected Dealers Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.03     Revised Form of Warrant Exercise Fee Agreement - 1997 Offering (5)
         1.04     Form of Underwriting Agreement - Series 1 Preferred Stock (7)
         3.01     Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (1)
         3.02     Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Company(1)
         3.03     By-Laws of the Company(1)
         3.04     Certificate of Designation of Series A Preferred Stock (2)
         3.05     Certificate of Designation (11)
         4.01     Specimen Certificate for Shares of Common Stock (2)
         4.02     Specimen Certificate for Shares of Series A Preferred Stock (2)
         4.03     Revised Form of Common Stock Purchase Warrant Agreement (5)
         4.04     Revised Specimen Certificate for Common Stock Purchase Warrants (3)
         4.05     Revised Form of Underwriters' Purchase Option - 1997 Offering (5)
         4.06     Form of Representative's Lock-up Letter (2)
         4.07     Form of Representative's Purchase Option Agreement (7)
         4.08     Preferred Stock Agency Agreement (10)
         4.09     Preferred Warrant Agency Agreement (10)
         4.10     Specimen of Preferred Warrant (10)
         4.11     Specimen of Series 1 Preferred Stock (11)
         5.01     Opinion of Lester Morse P.C. (10)
         10.01    Agreement to Acquire the Assets of The Natural Baby Company, Inc., (the
    
                  "Acquisition  Agreement")(1)  
         10.02    Addendum  to  Acquisition Agreement (1) 
         10.03    Escrow  Agreement under the  Acquisition  Agreement(1) 
         10.04    Form of Consulting Agreement with Jane Martin (1)
         10.05    Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company and its Parent (1)
         10.06    Promissory Note from the Company and its Parent (1)
         10.07    Form of Bridge Loan Agreement (1)
         10.08    Form of Financial Consulting Agreement with Fairchild Financial
                  Group, Inc. (1)
         10.09    Credit Facility with United National Bank and Trust Company (2)
         10.10    Lease for Company's principal offices and telemarketing center (2)
         10.11    Employment Agreement with William L. Miller (2)
         10.12    Revised Employment Agreement with Jeanne E. Miller (10)
         10.13    Incentive Compensation Plan (2)
         10.14    1997 Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (2)
         10.15    Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement between the Company
                  and its Parent (2)
         10.16    Form of Amendment to Bridge Loan Agreement (4)
         10.17    Amended Form of Stock Repurchase Agreement and Note (5)
         10.18    Second Addendum to Acquisition Agreement (5)
         10.19    First Addendum to Escrow Agreement (6)
         10.20    Third Addendum to Acquisition Agreement (6)


<PAGE>





         10.21    Agreement with The Havana Group, Inc. (9)
         10.22    Form of new Financial Consulting Agreement with Fairchild Financial
                  Group, Inc. (7)
   
         10.23    Employment  Agreement  with  William T.  Evans (10)
         10.24    Other Leases (11) 
         23.01    Consent of Hausser + Taylor LLP (7) 
         23.02    Consent of Lester Morse P.C.[included in Exhibit 5.01] 
         27.00    Revised  Financial Data Schedule (8)
    
</TABLE>
 -----------
(1)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Form SB-2  Registration
         Statement,  file no. 333-19423,  filed with the Securities and Exchange
         Commission on January 8, 1997.
(2)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 1 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on March 14, 1997.
(3)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 2 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 2, 1997.
(4)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 3 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on April 14, 1997.
(5)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 4 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on June 3, 1997.
(6)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Amendment No. 5 to Form
         SB-2  Registration  Statement,  file  no.  333-19423,  filed  with  the
         Securities and Exchange Commission on June 25, 1997.
(7)      Filed herewith.
(8)      Previously  filed in connection  with reports under the  Securities and
         Exchange Act of 1934
(9)      Incorporated by reference to the  Registrant's  Form 10-K filed for its
         fiscal year ended December 31, 1997.
(10)     Previously filed in prior amendment to this Registration Statement.

   
(11)     To be filed by amendment.
    





                                  400,000 Units

                                KIDS STUFF, INC.
                       Each Unit consisting of 1 share of
                 Redeemable Convertible Series 1 Preferred Stock
                          $.001 Par Value Per Share and
                  2 Series 1 Preferred Stock Purchase Warrants

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT


                                                              New York, New York
                                                                  Deceber , 1998



Fairchild Financial Group, Inc.
99 Wall Street
New York, New York 10005

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Kids Stuff, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  confirms its
agreement with Fairchild Financial Group, Inc. (the "Underwriter"), with respect
to the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriter, of 400,000 Units
(the  "Units"),   each  consisting  of  1  share  of  the  Company's  Redeemable
Convertible  Series 1 Preferred Stock,  $.001,  par value per share  ("Preferred
Stock") and 2 Series 1 Preferred Stock Purchase Warrants ("Preferred Warrants"),
and with  respect to the grant by the Company to the  Underwriter  of the option
described  in  Section  2(b)  hereof  to  purchase  all or any  part  of  60,000
additional  Units for the  purpose  of  covering  over-allotments,  if any.  The
aforesaid  400,000  Units  (the "Firm  Units")  and all or any part of the Units
subject to the option  described in Section 2(b) hereof (the "Option Units") are
hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the "Units." The Company also proposes
to issue and sell to the  Underwriter,  options  (the  "Underwriter's  Options")
pursuant to the  Underwriter's  warrant  agreement  (the  "Underwriter's  Option
Agreement)  for the  purchase of an aggregate of 40,000  additional  Units.  The
Units  issuable  upon  exercise  of the  Underwriters  Options  are  hereinafter
sometimes referred to as the "Option Units." The Units, Underwriters Options and
Option Units are more fully  described  in the  Registration  Statement  and the
Prospectus referred to below.

         1.   Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Company.   The  Company
represents  and  warrants  to and  agrees  with the  Underwriter  as of the date
hereof,  and as of the  Closing  Date and the Option  Closing  Date,  if any, as
follows:



<PAGE>
                  (a) The Company  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission  (the  "Commission")  a registration  statement,  and an amendment or
amendments  thereto,  on  Form  SB-2  (No.  333-61463)   including  any  related
preliminary prospectus ("Preliminary  Prospectus"),  for the registration of the
Units  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the  "Act"),  which
registration statement and any amendment or amendments have been prepared by the
Company  in  conformity  with  the  requirements  of the Act and the  rules  and
regulations  of the  Commission  under the Act. The Company will promptly file a
further  amendment  to  said  registration  statement  in  the  form  heretofore
delivered to the  Underwriter and will not,  before the  registration  statement
becomes effective, file any other amendment thereto unless the Underwriter shall
have consented  thereto after having been furnished with a copy thereof.  Except
as the context may otherwise require, such registration  statement,  as amended,
on file  with the  Commission  at the time the  registration  statement  becomes
effective (including the prospectus,  financial statements,  schedules, exhibits
and all other documents filed as a part thereof and all information deemed to be
a part thereof as of such time  pursuant to paragraph  (b) of Rule 430(A) of the
Regulations), is hereinafter called the "Registration Statement" and the form of
prospectus in the form first filed with the  Commission  pursuant to Rule 424(b)
of the Regulations, is hereinafter called the "Prospectus." For purposes hereof,
"Rules and Regulations" mean the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission
under either the Act or the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as amended (the
"Exchange Act"), as applicable.

                  (b) Neither the Commission nor any state regulatory  authority
has  issued  any  order  preventing  or  suspending  the use of any  Preliminary
Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any part thereof and no
proceedings for a stop order have been instituted or are pending or, to the best
knowledge of the Company,  threatened.  Each of the Preliminary Prospectus,  the
Registration Statement and Prospectus at the time of filing thereof conformed in
all  material  respects  with  the  requirements  of the Act and the  Rules  and
Regulations,  neither the Registration Statement nor Prospectus,  at the time of
filing thereof,  contained an untrue  statement of a material fact or omitted to
state a material  fact  required to be stated  therein and necessary to make the
statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances  under which they were made,
not misleading,  except that this  representation and warranty does not apply to
statements  made in reliance  upon and in  conformity  with written  information
furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter by or on behalf of the
Underwriter  expressly  for use in  such  Preliminary  Prospectus,  Registration
Statement or Prospectus.

                  (c) When the Registration  Statement  becomes effective and at
all times subsequent thereto up to the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date
(as defined in Subsection 2(c) hereof), if any, and during such longer period as
the Prospectus  may be required to be delivered in connection  with sales by the
Underwriter or a dealer,  the  Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  will
contain all  material  statements  which are  required  to be stated  therein in
compliance with the Act and the Rules and Regulations,  and will in all material
respects  conform to the  requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations;
neither the Registration  Statement,  nor any amendment thereto, at the time the
Registration  Statement or such amendment is declared  effective  under the Act,
will  contain  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to state any
material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the statements
therein,

                                        2

<PAGE>
not  misleading,  and the  Prospectus  at the  time the  Registration  Statement
becomes effective,  at the Closing Date and at any Option Closing Date, will not
contain an untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in the  light  of the
circumstances  under which they were made, not  misleading;  provided,  however,
that this  representation  and  warranty  does not apply to  statements  made or
statements omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with information  supplied
to the Company in writing by or on behalf of the  Underwriter  expressly for use
in the  Registration  Statement  or  Prospectus  or  any  amendment  thereof  or
supplement thereto.

                  (d) The Company is validly  existing as a corporation  in good
standing  under  the laws of its state of  incorporation.  The  Company  is duly
qualified  and licensed and in good  standing as a foreign  corporation  in each
jurisdiction in which its ownership or leasing of properties or the character of
its  operations  require such  qualification  or licensing.  The Company has all
requisite  power and authority  (corporate and other),  and has obtained any and
all  necessary  applications,   approvals,   orders,   licenses,   certificates,
franchises and permits of and from all governmental or regulatory  officials and
bodies  (including,   without   limitation,   those  having   jurisdiction  over
environmental  or similar  matters),  to own or lease its properties and conduct
its business as described in the Prospectus; the Company has been doing business
in  compliance  with  all  such  authorizations,  approvals,  orders,  licenses,
certificates,  franchises and permits and all federal,  state, local and foreign
laws,  rules  and  regulations;  the  Company  has not  received  any  notice of
proceedings   relating  to  the   revocation   or   modification   of  any  such
authorization,  approval,  order,  license,  certificate,  franchise,  or permit
which,  singly or in the aggregate,  if the subject of an  unfavorable  decision
ruling  or  finding,  would  materially  and  adversely  affect  the  condition,
financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business affairs, position,  prospects,
value, operation,  properties,  business or results of operation of the Company.
The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of federal,
state,  local,  and  foreign  laws,  rules  and  regulations  on  the  Company's
businesses  as  currently  conducted  and as  contemplated  are  correct  in all
respects  and do not  omit to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to make  the
statements  contained  therein not misleading in light of the  circumstances  in
which they were made.

                  (e) The Company has a duly authorized,  issued and outstanding
capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus under  "Capitalization",  and will
have the  adjusted  capitalization  set forth  therein on the Closing Date based
upon the  assumptions  set forth  therein,  and the Company is not a party to or
bound by any  instrument,  agreement  or  other  arrangement  providing  for the
Company  to  issue  any  capital  stock,  rights,  warrants,  options  or  other
securities,  except for this Agreement and as described in the  Prospectus.  The
Units, the Underwriters  Options,  and the Option Units and all other securities
issued or  issuable  by the  Company  conform  or, when issued and paid for will
conform in all respects to all statements with respect thereto  contained in the
Registration Statement and the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding securities
of the Company have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are fully paid
and  non-assessable;  the  holders  thereof  have no rights of  rescission  with
respect  thereto,  and are not subject to personal  liability by reason of being
such  holders;  and none of such  securities  were  issued in  violation  of the
preemptive  rights of any  holders  of any  security  of the  Company or similar
contractual rights

                                        3

<PAGE>
granted  by the  Company.  The  Units  to be  issued  and  sold  by the  Company
hereunder, the Underwriters Options to be issued and sold by the Company and the
Option Units  issuable  upon  exercise of the  Underwriters  Options and payment
therefor,  are not and will not be subject to any  preemptive  or other  similar
rights of any stockholder,  have been duly authorized and, when issued, paid for
and delivered in accordance  with the terms hereof and thereon,  will be validly
issued,  fully paid and  non-assessable  and will  conform  to the  descriptions
thereof contained in the Prospectus;  the holders thereof will not be subject to
any liability solely as such holders;  all corporate action required to be taken
for the  authorization,  issue and sale of the Units, the Underwriters  Options,
and the  Option  Units has been duly and  validly  taken;  and the  certificates
representing the Units, the Underwriters  Options,  and the Option Units will be
in due and proper form.  Upon the  issuance  and delivery  pursuant to the terms
hereof of the Units to be sold by the Company  hereunder,  the Underwriter  will
acquire  good and  marketable  title to such  Units  free and clear of any lien,
charge,  claim,   encumbrance,   pledge,  security  interest,  defect  or  other
restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever.

                  (f) The financial statements of the Company, together with the
related notes and schedules thereto, included in the Registration Statement, the
Preliminary  Prospectus and the Prospectus fairly present the financial position
and the results of operations of the Company at the respective dates and for the
respective periods to which they apply; and such financial  statements have been
prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles and the
Rules and Regulations,  consistently  applied  throughout the periods  involved.
There has been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective
change in the condition,  financial or otherwise,  or in the earnings,  business
affairs, position, prospects, value, operation, properties, business, or results
of operation of the  Company,  whether or not arising in the ordinary  course of
business,   since  the  dates  of  the  financial  statements  included  in  the
Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus  and  the  outstanding  debt,  the
property, both tangible and intangible, and the business of the Company conforms
in all  respects  to the  descriptions  thereof  contained  in the  Registration
Statement and in the Prospectus.

                  (g) The Company (i) has paid all federal,  state,  local,  and
foreign taxes for which it is liable, including, but not limited to, withholding
taxes and taxes  payable  under  Chapters 21 through 24 of the Internal  Revenue
Code of 1986 (the "Code"),  (ii) have furnished all information returns required
to furnish pursuant to the Code, and have established adequate reserves for such
taxes which are not due and payable, and (iii) do not have any tax deficiency or
claims outstanding, proposed or assessed against them.

                  (h) No  transfer  tax,  stamp  duty or  other  similar  tax is
payable by or on behalf of the  Underwriter in connection  with (i) the issuance
by the Company of the Units,  (ii) the purchase by the  Underwriter of the Units
or (iii) the  consummation by the Company of any of its  obligations  under this
Agreement.

                  (i) The  Company  maintains  insurance  of the type and in the
amounts  which it  reasonably  believes to be adequate for its  business,  which
insurance is in full force and effect.


                                        4

<PAGE>
                  (j) Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there is no action,
suit, proceeding, inquiry, investigation,  litigation or governmental proceeding
(including,  without limitation, those having jurisdiction over environmental or
similar  matters),  domestic  or  foreign,  pending or  threatened  against  (or
circumstances  that may give rise to the same),  or involving the  properties or
businesses  of the Company which (i) questions the validity of the capital stock
of the Company or this  Agreement  or of any action  taken or to be taken by the
Company pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) is required to be
disclosed in the  Registration  Statement  which is not so  disclosed  (and such
proceedings  as are  summarized in the  Registration  Statement  are  accurately
summarized in all respects),  or (iii) might materially and adversely affect the
condition,  financial or otherwise, or the earnings, business affairs, position,
prospects,  value, operation,  properties,  business or results of operations of
the Company.

                  (k) The Company has full legal right,  power and  authority to
enter into this Agreement,  the Underwriters Option Agreement and the Consulting
Agreement (as defined in Section 6(p) hereof) and to consummate the transactions
provided for in such agreements;  and this Agreement,  the  Underwriters  Option
Agreement  and the  Consulting  Agreement  have  each  been  duly  and  properly
authorized,  executed and delivered by the Company. Each of this Agreement,  the
Underwriters Option Agreement and the Consulting Agreement, constitutes a legal,
valid and binding  agreement of the Company  enforceable  against the Company in
accordance  with its terms  (except  as such  enforceability  may be  limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other laws of
general  application  relating to or affecting  enforcement of creditors' rights
and the application of equitable  principles in any action,  legal or equitable,
and except as rights to indemnity or  contribution  may be limited by applicable
law),  and none of the Company's  execution or delivery of this  Agreement,  the
Underwriters  Option  Agreement and the Consulting  Agreement,  its  performance
hereunder and  thereunder,  its  consummation of the  transactions  contemplated
herein  and  therein,  or  the  conduct  of its  business  as  described  in the
Registration  Statement,  the  Prospectus,  and any  amendments  or  supplements
thereto,  conflicts  with or will conflict with or results or will result in any
breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitutes or will
constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien,
charge,  claim,   encumbrance,   pledge,   security  interest  defect  or  other
restriction  or equity  of any kind  whatsoever  upon,  any  property  or assets
(tangible  or  intangible)  of the  Company  pursuant  to the terms of,  (i) the
articles of incorporation or by-laws of the Company, (ii) any license, contract,
indenture,  mortgage,  deed  of  trust,  voting  trust  agreement,  stockholders
agreement,  note, loan or credit  agreement or any other agreement or instrument
to which the Company is a party or by which the Company is bound or to which any
of its properties or assets  (tangible or  intangible) is or may be subject,  or
(iii) any statute, judgment, decree, order, rule or regulation applicable to the
Company of any arbitrator,  court,  regulatory body or administrative  agency or
other governmental agency or body (including,  without limitation,  those having
jurisdiction over environmental or similar matters), domestic or foreign, having
jurisdiction over the Company or any of its activities or properties.



                                        5

<PAGE>
                  (l) No consent,  approval,  authorization  or order of, and no
filing  with,  any court,  regulatory  body,  government  agency or other  body,
domestic or foreign,  is required for the issuance of the Units  pursuant to the
Prospectus and the Registration Statement, the performance of this Agreement and
the  transactions  contemplated  hereby,  except  such  as  have  been or may be
obtained  under the Act or may be required  under state  securities  or Blue Sky
laws in connection with the Underwriter's purchase and distribution of the Units
to be sold by the Company hereunder.

                  (m) All executed  agreements or copies of executed  agreements
filed as exhibits to the Registration  Statement to which the Company is a party
or by which the  Company may be bound or to which any of the  Company's  assets,
properties  or business  may be subject  have been duly and validly  authorized,
executed and  delivered  by the Company,  and  constitute  the legal,  valid and
binding agreements of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance
with their respective  terms. The descriptions in the Registration  Statement of
contracts and other  documents are accurate and fairly  present the  information
required  to be  shown  with  respect  thereto  by Form  SB-2 and  there  are no
contracts  or other  documents  which are required by the Act to be described in
the Registration  Statement or filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement
which are not described or filed as required,  and the exhibits  which have been
filed are complete and correct  copies of the documents of which they purport to
be copies.

                  (n) Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information
is set forth in the  Registration  Statement and  Prospectus,  and except as may
otherwise be indicated or  contemplated  herein or therein,  the Company has not
(i) issued any  securities  or incurred any liability or  obligation,  direct or
contingent,  for borrowed money, (ii) entered into any transaction other than in
the ordinary  course of business (iii) declared or paid any dividend or made any
other distribution on or in respect of its capital stock; or (iv) any changes in
capital stock, debt (long or short term) or liabilities,  material changes in or
affecting the general affairs,  management,  financial operations,  stockholders
equity or results of operations of the Company.

                  (o) No default exists in the due performance and observance of
any term, covenant or condition of any license, contract,  indenture,  mortgage,
installment  sale  agreement,  lease,  deed of trust,  voting  trust  agreement,
stockholders  agreement,  note, loan or credit agreement, or any other agreement
or  instrument  evidencing  an  obligation  for  borrowed  money,  or any  other
agreement or  instrument to which the Company is a party or by which the Company
may be bound or to which any of the property or assets  (tangible or intangible)
of the Company is subject or affected.

                  (p)  The  Company  has   generally   enjoyed  a   satisfactory
employer-employee  relationship  with its  employees and is in compliance in all
material  respects  with  all  federal,  state,  local,  and  foreign  laws  and
regulations respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions
of employment and wages and hours.

                  (q) Since its  inception,  the  Company has not  incurred  any
material  liability  arising  under or as a  result  of the  application  of the
provisions of the Act.

                                        6

<PAGE>
                  (r) The Company does not now  maintain,  sponsor or contribute
to, and never has  maintained,  sponsored  or  contributed  to,  any  program or
arrangement  that is an "employee  pension  benefit plan," an "employee  welfare
benefit plan " or a  "multiemployer  plan" as such terms are defined in Sections
3(2), 3(1) and 3(37)  respectively.  of the Employee  Retirement Income Security
Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans"). The Company does not maintain
or  contribute,  now or at any time  previously,  to a defined  benefit plan, as
defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.

                  (s) The Company (nor the manner in which the Company  conducts
its  business or proposes to conduct its  business)  is not in  violation of any
domestic or foreign laws  ordinances or  governmental  rules or  regulations  to
which it is subject.

                  (t) No  holders  of any  securities  of the  Company or of any
options, warrants or other convertible or exchangeable securities of the Company
exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable for securities of the Company has
the right to include any  securities  issued by the Company in the  Registration
Statement  or any  registration  statement  to be  filed by the  Company  within
eighteen  (18)  months of the date  hereof or to require  the  Company to file a
registration  statement  under the Act during such  eighteen  (18) month period,
except as have been disclosed in the Prospectus.

                  (u) Neither the Company nor any of its  employees,  directors,
stockholders  or  affiliates  (within the meaning of the Rules and  Regulations)
have taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which
has  constituted  or which might  reasonably  be expected to cause or result in,
under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price
of any security of the Company to facilitate  the sale or resale of the Units or
otherwise.

                  (v)  Except  as  described  in  the  Prospectus,  none  of the
patents,  patent  applications,  trademarks,  service  marks,  trade  names  and
copyrights,  and licenses and rights to the foregoing presently owned or held by
the Company are in dispute so far as known by the Company or are in any conflict
with the  right of any  other  person or  entity.  To the best of the  Company's
knowledge,  the Company (i) owns or has the right to use,  free and clear of all
liens, charges, claims,  encumbrances,  pledges, security interests,  defects or
other restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever, all patents,  trademarks,
service marks,  trade names and  copyrights,  technology and licenses and rights
with  respect  to the  foregoing,  used in the  conduct of its  business  as now
conducted  or proposed to be  conducted  without  infringing  upon or  otherwise
acting  adversely to the right or claimed  right of any person,  corporation  or
other entity under or with respect to any of the  foregoing,  and (ii) except as
set forth in the Prospectus,  is not obligated or under any liability whatsoever
to make any  payments by way of  royalties,  fees or  otherwise  to any owner or
licensee  of, or other  claimant to, any patent,  trademark,  service mark trade
name, copyright, know-how, technology or other intangible asset, with respect to
the use thereof or in connection with the conduct of its business or otherwise.


                                        7

<PAGE>
                  (w) The Company owns and has the unrestricted right to use all
trade secrets,  know-how  (including all other  unpatented  and/or  unpatentable
proprietary or confidential  information,  systems or  procedures),  inventions,
designs,  processes,  works of authorship,  computer programs and technical data
and information  (collectively herein  "intellectual  property") required for or
incident to the development, manufacture, operation and sale of all products and
services  sold or  proposed  to be sold by the  Company,  free and  clear of and
without  violating  any  right,  lien,  or claim of  others,  including  without
limitation,  former  employers of its  employees;  provided,  however,  that the
possibility exists that other persons or entities,  completely  independently of
the Company or its employees or agents,  could have  developed  trade secrets or
items of technical information similar or identical to those of the Company.

                  (x) The  Company  has taken  reasonable  security  measures to
protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all the intellectual property.

                  (y) The Company has good and marketable title to, or valid and
enforceable leasehold estates in, all items of real and personal property stated
in the  Prospectus  to be owned or  leased  by it free and  clear of all  liens,
charges, claims,  encumbrances,  pledges, security interests,  defects, or other
restrictions or equities of any kind whatsoever, other than those referred to in
the Prospectus and liens for taxes not yet due and payable.

                  (z)  Hauser + Taylor  LLP,  whose  reports  are filed with the
Commission as a part of the Registration  Statement,  are independent  certified
public accountants as required by the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                  (aa) On or  before  the  effective  date  of the  Registration
Statement,  the Company  shall  cause to be duly  executed  legally  binding and
enforceable  agreements ("Lock-up") pursuant to which Duncan Hill has agreed not
to, directly or indirectly,  offer to sell,  sell, grant any option for the sale
of,  assign,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecate  or otherwise  encumber any of its
shares of Common Stock (either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations
or otherwise) or dispose of any  beneficial  interest  therein prior to June 26,
1999  without the prior  written  consent of the  Underwriter.  The Company will
cause the Transfer Agent, as defined below, to mark an appropriate legend on the
face of stock  certificates  representing  all of such shares of Common Stock or
other securities convertible into Common Stock.

                  (bb)  Except  as  disclosed  in the  Prospectus,  there are no
claims, payments, issuances,  arrangements or understandings for services in the
nature of a finder's or  origination  fee with  respect to the sale of the Units
hereunder or any other  arrangements,  agreements,  understandings,  payments or
issuance  with  respect  to the  Company  or any  of  its  officers,  directors,
employees  or  affiliates  that may affect the  Underwriter's  compensation,  as
determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. ("NASD").

                  (cc) The Company will apply to list all of its publically held
securities on the Nasdaq  SmallCap Stock Market  ("NASDAQ") at such time as they
qualify for same.


                                        8

<PAGE>
                  (dd) Neither the Company nor any of its  officers,  employees,
agents or any other  person  acting on behalf of the  Company  has,  directly or
indirectly,  given or agreed to give any money,  gift or similar  benefit (other
than legal price concessions to customers in the ordinary course of business) to
any customer, supplier, employee or agent of a customer or supplier, or official
or employee of any governmental  agency (domestic or foreign) or instrumentality
of any government  (domestic or foreign) or any political party or candidate for
office  (domestic  or  foreign)  or other  person  who was,  is,  or may be in a
position to help or hinder the business of the Company (or assist the Company in
connection with any actual or proposed  transaction) which (a) might subject the
Company or any other such person to any damage or penalty in any civil, criminal
or governmental litigation or proceeding (domestic or foreign), (b) if not given
in the past, might have had a materially adverse effect on the assets,  business
or  operations  of the Company,  or (c) if not  continued  in the future,  might
adversely affect the assets,  business,  operations or prospects of the Company.
The Company's internal  accounting  controls are sufficient to cause the Company
to comply with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

                  (ee)  Except  as set  forth  in the  Prospectus,  no  officer,
director or stockholder of the Company,  or any  "affiliate" or "associate"  (as
these terms are defined in Rule 405 promulgated under the Rules and Regulations)
of any such person or entity or the Company,  has or has had, either directly or
indirectly,  a  beneficiary  interest in any  contract or agreement to which the
Company is a party or by which any of them may be bound or  affected.  Except as
set forth in the Prospectus under "Certain  Transactions," there are no existing
material agreements,  arrangements,  understandings or transactions, or proposed
material agreements,  arrangements,  understandings or transactions,  between or
among the Company and any officer,  director,  or principal  stockholder  of the
Company, or any affiliate or associate of any such person or entity.

                  (ff) Any certificate  signed by any officer of the Company and
delivered to the Underwriter or to the  Underwriter's  counsel shall be deemed a
representation  and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter as to the matters
covered thereby.

                  (gg) The Company has entered into an employment agreement with
Jeanne  Miller and  William  Miller.  The Company  has  obtained a key-man  life
insurance  policy in the amount of  $1,000,000 on the lifes of Jeanne Miller and
William Miller, which policies are owned by the Company and names the Company as
the sole beneficiary thereunder.


         2.       Purchase,  Sale and  Delivery  of the Units and  Agreement  to
                  Issue Underwriters Options.

                  (a) On the basis of the representations, warranties, covenants
and agreements herein contained,  but subject to the terms and conditions herein
set forth,  the Company agrees to sell to the  Underwriter,  and the Underwriter
agrees to  purchase  from the  Company  at the  price per Unit set forth  below,
400,000 Firm Units.


                                        9

<PAGE>
                  (b)  In  addition,   on  the  basis  of  the  representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements, herein contained, but subject to the terms
and  conditions  herein set forth,  the Company  hereby  grants an option to the
Underwriter to purchase up to an additional  60,000 Units at the price per share
set forth below. The option granted hereby will expire 45 days after the date of
this Agreement,  and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only
for the purpose of covering over-allotments which may be made in connection with
the offering and  distribution  of the Firm Units upon notice by the Underwriter
to the  Company  setting  forth  the  number  of  Option  Units as to which  the
Underwriter  are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and
delivery for such Option  Units.  Any such time and date of delivery (an "Option
Closing  Date") shall be determined by the  Underwriter,  but shall not be later
than seven full  business  days after the  exercise of said  option,  nor in any
event prior to Closing Date, as hereinafter defined,  unless otherwise agreed to
between the  Representative  and the Company.  Nothing  herein  contained  shall
obligate the Underwriter to make any  over-allotments.  No Option Units shall be
delivered  unless  the Firm Units  shall be  simultaneously  delivered  or shall
theretofore have been delivered as herein provided.

                  (c)  Payment  of the  purchase  price  for,  and  delivery  of
certificates for, the Firm Units shall be made at the offices of the Underwriter
at 99 Wall Street,  New York, New York 10005, or at such other place as shall be
agreed upon by the Underwriter and the Company.  Such delivery and payment shall
be made at 10:00  a.m.  (New York City time) on  _____________,  1998 or at such
other time and date as shall be agreed upon by the  Underwriter  and the Company
but not less than three (3) nor more than  thirty (30)  business  days after the
effective date of the Registration  Statement (such time and date of payment and
delivery being hereafter called "Closing Date"). In addition,  in the event that
any or all of the Option Units are purchased by the Underwriter,  payment of the
purchase price for, and delivery of certificates  for such Option Units shall be
made at the above mentioned  office of the Underwriter or at such other place as
shall be agreed upon by the  Underwriter  and the Company on each Option Closing
Date as specified in the notice from the Underwriter to the Company. Delivery of
the  certificates for the Firm Units and the Option Units, if any, shall be made
to the  Underwriter  for the  respective  accounts  of the  Underwriter  against
payment  by the  Underwriter  of the  purchase  price for the Firm Units and the
Option  Units,  if any, to the order of the Company by New York  Clearing  House
funds, certificates for the Firm Units and the Option Units, if any, shall be in
definitive,  fully registered form, shall bear no restrictive  legends and shall
be in such  denominations and registered in such names as the Representative may
request in writing at least two (2)  business  days prior to Closing Date or the
relevant Option Closing Date, as the case may be. The  certificates for the Firm
Units and the Option Units,  if any, shall be made available to the  Underwriter
at such  office  or such  other  place  as the  Underwriter  may  designate  for
inspection,  checking and packaging no later than 9:30 a.m. on the last business
day prior to Closing Date or the relevant  Option  Closing Date, as the case may
be.



                                       10

<PAGE>
                  The purchase price per Unit to be paid by the Underwriter,  to
the Company for the Units purchased hereunder will be the same for each Unit and
will be $_____ per share.  The Company  shall not be obligated to sell any Units
hereunder  unless  all  Firm  Units  to be sold  by the  Company  are  purchased
hereunder.  The  Company  agrees to issue  and sell  400,000  Firm  Units to the
Underwriter.

                  (d) On Closing  Date,  the Company shall issue and sell to the
Underwriters  Options at a purchase price of $0.001 per warrant,  which warrants
shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase an aggregate of 40,000 Units.  The
Underwriters  Options  shall  be  exercisable  for a period  of four  (4)  years
commencing one (1) year from the effective date of the Registration Statement at
an initial  exercise price equal to one hundred sixty five percent (165%) of the
initial public offering price of the Units.  The  Underwriters  Option Agreement
and form of Warrant  Certificate  shall be substantially in the form filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement.  Payment for the  Underwriters  Options
shall be made on Closing Date.

         3.  Public  Offering  of the  Units.  As soon  after  the  Registration
Statement becomes effective, as the Underwriter deems advisable, the Underwriter
shall make a public  offering of the Units (other than to residents of or in any
jurisdiction in which  qualification of the Units is required and has not become
effective)  at the price and upon the other  terms set forth in the  Prospectus.
The  Underwriter  may from time to time increase or decrease the public offering
price after  distribution  of the Units has been completed to such extent as the
Underwriter,  in its sole discretion  deems  advisable.  The  Underwriter  shall
comply with NASD Rule  2710(c)(6)(B)(xii) of the NASD Conduct Rules in the event
that  it acts as a  soliciting  agent  for  any of the  Company's  common  stock
purchase warrants.

         4. Covenants of the Company.  The Company covenants and agrees with the
Underwriter as follows:

     (a) The  Company  shall  use its best  efforts  to cause  the  Registration
Statement  and any  amendments  thereto  to  become  effective  as  promptly  as
practicable and will not at any time, whether before or after the effective date
of the Registration Statement,  file any amendment to the Registration Statement
or supplement to the Prospectus before  termination of the offering of the Units
by the  Underwriter  of which the  Underwriter  shall not  previously  have been
advised  and  furnished  with a copy,  or to which the  Underwriter  shall  have
reasonably objected or which is not in compliance with the Act, or the Rules and
Regulations.

     (b) As soon as the  Company is advised or obtains  knowledge  thereof,  the
Company will advise the Underwriter and confirm the notice in writing,  (i) when
the Registration Statement, as amended,  becomes effective, if the provisions of
Rule 430A promulgated under the Act will be relied upon, when the Prospectus has
been  filed in  accordance  with  said  Rule  430A  and when any  post-effective
amendment to the Registration Statement becomes effective,  (ii) of the issuance
by the Commission of any stop order or of the  initiation or the  threatening of
any proceeding,  suspending the  effectiveness of the Registration  Statement or
any order preventing or suspending the use of the Preliminary  Prospectus or the
Prospectus,

                                       11

<PAGE>
or any amendment or supplement thereto, or the institution of any proceeding for
that purpose,  (iii) of the issuance by any state  securities  commission of any
proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Units for offering or
sale  in any  jurisdiction  or of the  initiation,  or the  threatening,  of any
proceeding  for that  purpose,  (iv) of the  receipt  of any  comments  from the
Commission;  and (v) of any request by the  Commission  for any amendment to the
Registration  Statement or any amendment or supplement to the  Prospectus or for
additional  information.  If the Commission or any state  securities  commission
shall enter a stop order or suspend such  qualification at any time, the Company
will make every effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

     (c)  The  Company  shall  file  the   Prospectus  (in  form  and  substance
satisfactory  to  the  Underwriter)  or  transmit  the  Prospectus  by  a  means
reasonably  calculated to result in filing with the Commission  pursuant to Rule
424(b)(1) (or, if applicable and if consented to by the Underwriter  pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(4)) not later than the Commission's close of business on the earlier
of (i) the second  business day  following  the  execution  and delivery of this
Agreement  and (ii) the  fifth  business  day after  the  effective  date of the
Registration Statement.

     (d) The Company will give the  Underwriter  notice of its intention to file
or  prepare  any  amendment  to  the  Registration   Statement   (including  any
post-effective  amendment)  or any  amendment or  supplement  to the  Prospectus
(including  any revised  prospectus  which the Company  proposes  for use by the
Underwriter in connection  with the offering of the Units which differs from the
corresponding  prospectus on file at the Commission at the time the Registration
Statement becomes effective,  whether or not such revised prospectus is required
to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations),  will furnish
the  Underwriter  with copies of any such  amendment or  supplement a reasonable
amount of time  prior to such  proposed  filing or use,  as the case may be, and
will not file any such prospectus to which the Underwriter shall object.

     (e) The  Company  shall  endeavor in good faith,  in  cooperation  with the
Underwriter,  at or  prior  to  the  time  the  Registration  Statement  becomes
effective,  to qualify the Units for offering and sale under the securities laws
of such  jurisdictions  as the Underwriter may reasonably  designate,  and shall
make such applications,  file such documents and furnish such information as may
be required  for such  purpose;  provided,  however,  the  Company  shall not be
required  to  qualify  as a foreign  corporation  or file a general  or  limited
consent to service of  process in any such  jurisdiction.  In each  jurisdiction
where  such  qualification  shall be  effected,  the  Company  will,  unless the
Underwriter  agrees that such action is not at the time  necessary or advisable,
use all reasonable  efforts to file and make such  statements or reports at such
times as are or may reasonably be required by the laws of such  jurisdiction  to
continue such qualification.

     (f) During the time when a prospectus is required to be delivered under the
Act,  the  Company  shall  use  all  reasonable   efforts  to  comply  with  all
requirements imposed upon it by the Act, as now and hereafter amended and by the
Rules and  Regulations,  as from time to time in force,  so far as  necessary to
permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Units

                                       12

<PAGE>
in accordance with the provisions  hereof and the Prospectus,  or any amendments
or supplements  thereto.  If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Units
is required to be delivered  under the Act,  any event shall have  occurred as a
result of which,  in the  opinion of counsel  for the  Company or  Underwriter's
Counsel,  the Prospectus,  as then amended or  supplemented,  includes an untrue
statement of a material  fact or omits to state any material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements  therein, in the light of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  or if it is necessary
at any time to amend the  Prospectus  to comply with the Act,  the Company  will
notify the  Underwriter  promptly  and prepare and file with the  Commission  an
appropriate  amendment or supplement  in accordance  with Section 10 of the Act,
each such amendment or supplement to be reasonably satisfactory to Underwriter's
Counsel,  and the Company will furnish to the Underwriter a reasonable number of
copies of such amendment or supplement.

     (g) As soon as  practicable,  but in any event not later than 45 days after
the end of the 12-month period  beginning on the day after the end of the fiscal
quarter of the  Company  during  which the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement  occurs (90 days in the event that the end of such  fiscal  quarter is
the  end of the  Company's  fiscal  year),  the  Company  shall  make  generally
available to its security holders, in the manner specified in Rule 158(b) of the
Rules and Regulations,  and to the Underwriter, an earnings statement which will
be in the detail required by, and will otherwise  comply with, the provisions of
Section  11(a) of the Act and Rule  158(a) of the Rules and  Regulations,  which
statement need not be audited unless  required by the Act,  covering a period of
at least 12  consecutive  months after the  effective  date of the  Registration
Statement.

     (h) During a period of five years after the date  hereof,  the Company will
furnish to its stockholders,  as soon as practicable,  annual reports (including
financial  statements  audited  by  independent  public  accountants),  and will
deliver to the Underwriter:

                    (i) as soon as they are  available,  copies  of all  reports
               (financial or other) mailed to stockholders;

                    (ii) as soon as they are  available,  copies of all  reports
               and  financial   statements   furnished  to  or  filed  with  the
               Commission, the NASD or any securities exchange;

                    (iii) every press  release and every  material  news item or
               article of interest to the financial  community in respect of the
               Company or its  affairs  which was  released  or  prepared by the
               Company ; and

                    (iv)  any   additional   information   of  a  public  nature
               concerning  the Company (and its present or future  subsidiaries)
               or its respective businesses which the Underwriter may reasonably
               request.


                                       13

<PAGE>
     (i) The Company will maintain a Transfer Agent and, if necessary  under the
jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company, a Registrar (which may be the same
entity as the Transfer Agent).

     (j) The Company will  furnish to the  Underwriter  or on the  Underwriter's
order, without charge, at such place as the Underwriter may designate, copies of
each Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement and any pre-effective or
post-effective  amendments  thereto (two of which copies will be signed and will
include  all  financial  statements  and  exhibits),  the  Prospectus,  and  all
amendments and supplements thereto,  including any prospectus prepared after the
effective date of the Registration  Statement, in each case as soon as available
and in such quantities as the Underwriter may reasonably request.

     (k) Except for the offering  contemplated by this Agreement for a period of
12 months (13 months with respect to issuances to any of the Company's Officers,
Directors,  principal  shareholder,  affiliate or associate)  from the effective
date  of the  Registration  Statement  none  of the  Company,  its  officers  or
directors, or holders of the 5% of the Company's securities,  including options,
warrants and other like rights,  prior to the  effective  date, or any person or
entity  deemed  to be an  affiliate  of the  Company  pursuant  to the Rules and
Regulations,  will, directly or indirectly, issue, offer to sell, sell, grant an
option for the sale of,  assign,  transfer,  pledge,  hypothecate  or  otherwise
encumber or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or securities convertible into
or  exchangeable  for or  evidencing  any right to purchase or subscribe for any
shares of Common Stock (either pursuant to Rule 144 of the Rules and Regulations
or otherwise) or dispose of any beneficial  interest  therein  without the prior
written  consent  of the  Underwriter.  On or before the  effective  date of the
Registration  Statement,  the Company  shall cause to be duly  executed  legally
binding and enforceable  agreements pursuant to which each of persons enumerated
in the preceding sentence who are subject to the Lock-up, has agreed to be bound
by the Lock-up. During the 24 month period commencing with the effective date of
the Registration  Statement,  the Company shall issue no shares of capital stock
(other than upon exercise of options or warrants referred to in the Registration
Statement or in connection  with any acquisition  from, or business  combination
with, an unaffiliated entity) or securities convertible into or exchangeable for
shares of stock of any class, except in conformity and compliance with the terms
of this Agreement, grant any options or warrants.

     (l) Neither the Company nor any officers or directors  ,nor  affiliates  of
any of them  (within  the  meaning  of the Rules  and  Regulations)  will  take,
directly or  indirectly,  any action  designed  to, or which might in the future
reasonably be expected to cause or result in,  stabilization  or manipulation of
the price of any securities of the Company.

     (m) The Company  shall apply the net proceeds from the sale of the Units in
the manner, and subject to the conditions,  set forth under "Use of Proceeds" in
the  Prospectus.  No  portion  of the net  proceeds  will be  used  directly  or
indirectly to acquire any securities issued by the Company.


                                       14

<PAGE>
     (n) The  Company  shall  timely  file  all  such  reports,  forms  or other
documents  as may be required  (including  but not limited to any Form as may be
required  pursuant to Rule 463 under the Act) from time to time,  under the Act,
the Exchange Act, and the Rules and Regulations, and all such reports, forms and
documents  filed  will  comply  as to form and  substance  with  the  applicable
requirements under the Act, the Exchange Act, and the Rules and Regulations.

     (o) The Company shall furnish to the  Underwriter  as early as  practicable
prior to each of the date hereof, the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date,
if any, but no later than two (2) full  business days prior  thereto,  a copy of
the latest available unaudited  consolidated interim financial statements of the
Company  (which in no event  shall be as of a date more  than  thirty  (30) days
prior to the date of the  Registration  Statement)  which  have been read by the
Company's  independent  public  accountants,  as stated in their  letters  to be
furnished pursuant to Section 6(l) hereof.

     (p) The Company  shall use its best efforts to cause the Units to be quoted
on the NASDAQ as soon as they so qualify.

     (q) For a period of four (4) years from the Closing Date, the Company shall
furnish to the Underwriter upon the Underwriter's requests at the Company's sole
expense,  (i) daily consolidated  transfer sheets; (ii) a list of holders of the
Company's  securities;   and  (iii)  a  list  of  the  securities  positions  of
participants in the Depository Trust Company.

     (r) Intentionally omitted.

     (s) For a period  equal to the  lesser of (i) seven (7) years from the date
hereof,  and (ii) the sale to the public of the Option  Units,  the Company will
not take any action or actions which may prevent or disqualify the Company's use
of Forms S-1 or, if applicable,  S-2 and S-3 (or other appropriate form) for the
registration under the Act of the Preferred Units.

     (t) Intentionally Omitted.

     (u) On or before the effective date of the Registration  Statement,  retain
or make  arrangements  to retain a financial  public  relations firm  reasonably
satisfactory  to the Underwriter  which shall be continuously  engaged from such
engagement date to a date twelve months from Closing Date.

     (v) As soon as practicable, but in no event after the effective date of the
Registration  Statement,  (i) file a Form 8-A with the Commission  providing for
the  registration  under  the  Exchange  Act of the  Units  and  the  securities
underlying the Units and (ii) take all necessary and  appropriate  actions to be
included in Standard  and Poor's  Corporation  Descriptions  and/or  Moody's OTC
Manual and to  continue  such  inclusion  for a period of not less than five (5)
years.


                                       15

<PAGE>
     (w) Following the Effective Date of the Registration Statement, the Company
shall,  at its sole cost and  expense,  prepare  and file such blue sky  trading
applications with such  jurisdictions as the Underwriter may reasonably  request
after consultation with the Company.

     (x) The Company shall not amend or alter any term of any written employment
agreement  between  the  Company  and any  executive  officer,  during  the term
thereof,  in a manner  more  favorable  to such  employee,  without  the express
written consent of the Underwriter.

     (y) Until the  completion  of the  distribution  of the Units,  the Company
shall not without the prior written consent of the Underwriter and Underwriter's
Counsel, issue, directly or indirectly, any press release or other communication
or hold any press  conference  with respect to the Company or its  activities or
the  offering  contemplated  hereby,  other  than trade  releases  issued in the
ordinary  course of the Company's  business  consistent with past practices with
respect to the Company's operations.

         5.       Payment of Expenses.

     (a) The Company hereby agrees to pay all expenses and fees (other than fees
of counsel to the Underwriter, except as provided in (iv) below) incident to the
performance of the obligations of the Company under this  Agreement,  including,
without limitation, (i) the fees and expenses of accountants and counsel for the
Company,   (ii)  all  costs  and  expenses   incurred  in  connection  with  the
preparation,  duplication,  printing,  filing,  delivery,  electronic filing and
mailing  (including  the  payment  of  postage  with  respect  thereto)  of  the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus  and any  amendments and  supplements
thereto  and the  printing,  mailing  and  delivery  of this  Agreement  and the
Selected  Dealer  Agreement  and related  documents,  including  the cost of all
copies thereof and of the Preliminary Prospectuses and of the Prospectus and any
amendments  thereof  or  supplements  thereto  supplied  to the  Underwriter  in
quantities as hereinabove stated,  (iii) the printing,  engraving,  issuance and
delivery of the Units  including  any transfer or other taxes  payable  thereon,
(iv) the  qualification of the Units under state or foreign  securities or "Blue
Sky"  laws and  determination  of the  status  of such  securities  under  legal
investment  laws,  including the costs of printing and mailing the  "Preliminary
Blue Sky Memorandum," the "Supplemental  Blue Sky Memorandum," and disbursements
and fees of counsel in connection therewith, (v) advertising costs and expenses,
including  but not limited to costs and  expenses in  connection  with the "road
show",  information  meetings and  presentations,  bound volumes and  prospectus
memorabilia and tombstone advertisements,  (vi) costs and expenses in connection
with due diligence investigations,  including but not limited to the fees of any
independent  counsel or  consultant  retained,  (vii) fees and  expenses  of the
transfer  agent,  (viii)  the fees  payable  to the NASD,  and (ix) the fees and
expenses  incurred in connection with the listing of the Units on the NASDAQ and
any other exchange.  All fees and expenses payable to the Underwriter or counsel
to the  Underwriter  shall be payable at the Closing or Option  Closing Date, as
applicable.


                                       16

<PAGE>
     (b) If this Agreement is terminated by the  Underwriter in accordance  with
the  provisions  of Section 6,  Section  10(a) or Section 11, the Company  shall
reimburse and indemnify the  Underwriter for all of its  out-of-pocket  expenses
including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriter.

     (c) The Company  further  agrees that, in addition to the expenses  payable
pursuant to subsection  (a) of this Section 5, it will pay to the  Underwriter a
non-accountable  expense  allowance  equal to three  percent  (3%) of the  gross
proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Firm Units, $_____________
of which  has been paid to date to the  Underwriter.  The  Company  will pay the
remainder on the Closing Date by  certified or bank  cashier's  check or, at the
election of the  Underwriter,  by  deduction  from the  proceeds of the offering
contemplated  herein.  In the  event the  Underwriter  elects  to  exercise  the
over-allotment  option  described in Section 2(b)  hereof,  the Company  further
agrees to pay to the  Underwriter  on the Option  Closing Date (by  certified or
bank cashier's check or, at the  Underwriter's  election,  by deduction from the
proceeds of the offering) a  non-accountable  expense  allowance  equal to three
percent (3%) of the gross proceeds  received by the Company from the sale of the
Option Units.

         6. Conditions of the Underwriter's Obligations.  The obligations of the
Underwriter  hereunder  shall  be  subject  to the  continuing  accuracy  of the
representations  and warranties of the Company herein as of the Closing Date and
each  Option  Closing  Date,  if any,  as if they had been made on and as of the
Closing Date or each Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be; the accuracy on
and as of the Closing Date or Option  Closing Date, if any, of the statements of
officers  of the  Company  made  pursuant  to the  provisions  hereof;  and  the
performance by the Company on and as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing
Date, if any, of each of its or his covenants and  obligations  hereunder and to
the following further conditions:

                  (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
later than 5:00 P.M., New York time, on the date of this Agreement or such later
date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Underwriter, and at the
Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, no stop order  suspending the
effectiveness  of the  Registration  Statement  shall  have been  issued  and no
proceedings  for that purpose shall have been  instituted or shall be pending or
contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for
additional   information  shall  have  been  complied  with  to  the  reasonable
satisfaction of Underwriter's  Counsel.  If the Company has elected to rely upon
Rule  430A  of the  Rules  and  Regulations,  the  price  of the  Units  and any
price-related  information  previously  omitted from the effective  Registration
Statement  pursuant  to such  Rule  430A  shall  have  been  transmitted  to the
Commission  for  filing  pursuant  to Rule  424(b) of the Rules and  Regulations
within the prescribed  time period,  and prior to Closing Date the Company shall
have provided evidence satisfactory to the Underwriter of such timely filing, or
a post-effective  amendment  providing such information shall have been promptly
filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A of
the Rules and Regulations.

                  (b) The  Underwriter  shall not have  advised the Company that
the  Registration  Statement,  or any  amendment  thereto,  contains  an  untrue
statement of fact which, in the Underwriter's  opinion,  is material or omits to
state a fact which, in the Underwriter's opinion, is material and is required to
be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein not misleading,
or that the Prospectus,  or any supplement thereto, contains an untrue statement
of fact which, in the Underwriter's  opinion,  is material,  or omits to state a
fact which,  in the  Underwriter's  opinion,  is material  and is required to be
stated therein or is necessary to make

                                       18

<PAGE>
the  statements  therein,  in light of the  circumstances  under which they were
made, not misleading.

                  (c) On or prior to the Closing  Date,  the  Underwriter  shall
have received from Underwriter's  Counsel, such opinion or opinions with respect
to the  organization of the Company the validity of the Units,  the Registration
Statement,   the  Prospectus  and  other  related  matters  as  the  Underwriter
reasonably  may request and such  counsel  shall have  received  such papers and
information as they request to enable them to pass upon such matters.

                  (d) At the Closing Date the  Underwriter  shall have  received
the  favorable  opinion of Lester Morse,  counsel to the Company,  dated Closing
Date,  addressed to the  Underwriter  and in form and substance  satisfactory to
Underwriter's Counsel, to the effect that:

                    (i) The  Company  (A) is and has  been  duly  organized  and
               validly  existing as a  corporations  in good standing  under the
               laws of its state of  incorporation,  (B) is duly  qualified  and
               licensed and in good  standing as a foreign  corporation  in each
               jurisdiction  in which its ownership or leasing of any properties
               or the character of its operations requires such qualification or
               licensing,  except where the failure to so qualify would not have
               a material adverse effect on the business of the Company, and (C)
               has all requisite power and authority  (corporate and other), and
               has obtained  any and all  necessary  authorizations,  approvals,
               orders,  licenses,  certificates,  franchises  and permits of and
               from  all   governmental  or  regulatory   officials  and  bodies
               (including,  without  limitation,  those having jurisdiction over
               environmental or similar matters), to own or lease its properties
               and conduct its businesses as described in the Prospectus; to the
               best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  the  Company is and has been
               doing  business  in  compliance  with  all  such  authorizations,
               approvals, orders, licenses, certificates, franchises and permits
               and all federal and state laws, rules and regulations; and to the
               best of such  counsel's  knowledge,  the Company has not received
               any  notice  of   proceedings   relating  to  the  revocation  or
               modification of any such authorization, approval, order, license,
               certificate, franchise, or permit.

                    The  disclosures in the  Registration  Statement  concerning
               federal,  state,  and local laws,  rules and  regulations  on the
               Company's  businesses as currently  conducted and as contemplated
               are correct in all  respects  and do not omit to state a material
               fact  necessary  to make the  statements  contained  therein  not
               misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made.

                    (ii) Except as described in the Prospectus, the Company does
               not  own an  interest  in  any  corporation,  partnership,  joint
               venture, trust or other business entity;

                    (iii)  The  Company  has  a  duly  authorized,   issued  and
               outstanding capitalization as set forth in the Prospectus,  under
               "Capitalization".  The Units, the Underwriters  Options,  and the
               Option Units conform in all material  respects to all  statements
               with respect thereto contained in the Registration  Statement and
               the  Prospectus.  All issued and  outstanding  securities  of the
               Company  have been duly  authorized  and  validly  issued and are
               fully paid and

                                       19

<PAGE>
                    non-assessable;  the  holders  thereof  are not  subject  to
               personal  liability by reason of being such holders,  and none of
               such securities were issued in violation of the preemptive rights
               of any holder of any  security  of the  Company.  The Units to be
               sold by the Company  hereunder,  the  Underwriters  Options to be
               sold by the Company under the  Underwriters  Option Agreement and
               the  Option  Units are not  subject  to any  preemptive  or other
               similar rights of any stockholder, have been duly authorized and,
               when issued,  paid for and delivered in accordance with the terms
               hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and
               conform to the description  thereof  contained in the Prospectus;
               the holders  thereof will not be subject to any liability  solely
               as such holders and the  certificates  representing the Units and
               the  Underwriters  Options are in due and proper  form.  Upon the
               issuance and delivery  pursuant to this Agreement of the Units to
               be sold by the  Company,  the  Underwriter  will acquire good and
               marketable  title to such  Units  free and  clear of any  pledge,
               lien, charge, claim,  encumbrance,  pledge,  security interest or
               other restriction or equity of any kind whatsoever.

                    (iv) the Registration  Statement is effective under the Act,
               and, if applicable,  filing of all pricing  information  has been
               timely made in the appropriate  form under Rule 430A, and, to the
               best of such counsel's  knowledge,  no stop order  suspending the
               effectiveness of the  Registration  Statement has been issued and
               to the best of such counsel's knowledge,  no proceedings for that
               purpose  have been  instituted  or are pending or  threatened  or
               contemplated under the Act;

                    (v) each of the  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the  Registration
               Statement and the  Prospectus  and any  amendments or supplements
               thereto (other than the financial  statements and other financial
               and  statistical  data included  therein,  as to which no opinion
               need be  rendered)  comply  as to form in all  respects  with the
               requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.

                    (vi) (A) there are no contracts or other documents  required
               to be described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus
               and filed as exhibits to the  Registration  Statement  other than
               those described in the Registration  Statement and the Prospectus
               and filed as exhibits  thereto,  and the exhibits which have been
               filed are correct  copies of the  documents of which they purport
               to be copies; (B) the descriptions in the Registration  Statement
               and the  Prospectus  and any  supplement or amendment  thereto of
               contracts and other  documents to which the Company is a party or
               by which they are bound,  are accurate and fairly  represent  the
               information required to be shown by Form SB-2;

                    (vii) The Company has full legal right,  power and authority
               to enter into each of this  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  Option
               Agreement,  the  Consulting  Agreement,  and  to  consummate  the
               transactions  provided for therein;  and each of this  Agreement,
               the Underwriters  Option  Agreement and the Consulting  Agreement
               have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company.
               This  Agreement,  the  Underwriters  Option  Agreement,  and  the
               Consulting Agreement,  assuming due authorization,  execution and
               delivery by each other party thereto and further assuming that it
               is a valid and binding  agreement of the  Underwriter,  so as the
               case may be,  constitutes a legal, valid and binding agreement of
               the Company

                                       20

<PAGE>
                    enforceable  as against the Company in  accordance  with its
               terms (except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable
               bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization,  moratorium or other laws
               of general  application  relating to or affecting  enforcement of
               creditors  rights and the application of equitable  principles in
               any action, legal or equitable, and except as rights to indemnity
               or contribution may be limited by applicable law) and none of the
               Company's   execution   or  delivery  of  this   Agreement,   the
               Underwriters Option Agreement,  and the Consulting Agreement, its
               performance  hereunder or  thereunder,  its  consummation  of the
               transactions  contemplated  herein or therein,  or the conduct of
               its  business as  described in the  Registration  Statement,  the
               Prospectus,  and any amendments or supplements thereto, conflicts
               with or will  conflict  with or  results  or will  result  in any
               breach  or  violation  of any of the terms or  provisions  of, or
               constitutes or will  constitute a default under, or result in the
               creation or imposition of any lien, charge,  claim,  encumbrance,
               pledge, security interest,  defect or other restriction or equity
               of any kind whatsoever  upon, any property or assets (tangible or
               intangible)  of the  Company  pursuant  to the terms of,  (A) the
               articles of incorporation  or by-laws of the Company,  (B) to the
               best knowledge of such counsel, any indenture,  mortgage, deed of
               trust, voting trust agreement, stockholders agreement, note, loan
               or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which
               the Company is a party or by which is or may be bound or to which
               properties or assets (tangible or intangible) or subject,  or any
               indebtedness,  or (C) to the best knowledge of such counsel,  any
               statute,  judgment,  decree, order, rule or regulation applicable
               to the  Company  of any  arbitrator,  court,  regulatory  body or
               administrative  agency  or  other  governmental  agency  or  body
               (including,  without  limitation,  those having jurisdiction over
               environmental or similar matters),  foreign,  having jurisdiction
               over the Company or any of its activities or properties.

                    (viii) no consent, approval,  authorization or order, and no
               filing with, any court,  regulatory  body,  government  agency or
               other body,  (other  than such as may be required  under Blue Sky
               laws,  as to which no opinion  need be  rendered)  is required in
               connection  with  the  issuance  of  the  Units  pursuant  to the
               Prospectus and the  Registration  Statement,  the  performance of
               this Agreement and the Consulting Agreement, and the transactions
               contemplated hereby or thereby;

                    (ix) the  Company is not in breach of, or in default  under,
               any term or provision  of any  indenture,  mortgage,  installment
               sale agreement,  deed of trust,  lease,  voting trust  agreement,
               stockholders'  agreement,  note, loan or credit  agreement or any
               other  agreement  or  instrument  evidencing  an  obligation  for
               borrowed money, or any other agreement or instrument to which the
               Company  is a party or by which  the  Company  may be bound or to
               which any of the property or assets  (tangible or  intangible) of
               the  Company is subject or  affected;  and the  Company is not in
               violation  of  any  term  or  provision  of  its  Certificate  of
               Incorporation  or  By-Laws  or in  violation  of  any  franchise,
               license,  permit,  judgment,  decree,  order,  statute,  rule  or
               regulation;



                                       21

<PAGE>
                    (x) the  statements in the  Prospectus  under "THE COMPANY,"
               "BUSINESS,"      "MANAGEMENT,"     "PRINCIPAL     AND     SELLING
               SECURITYHOLDERS," "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS," "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL
               STOCK," and "Units  ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE" have been  reviewed
               by such counsel,  and insofar as they refer to statements of law,
               descriptions of statutes, licenses, rules or regulations or legal
               conclusions, are correct in all material respects;

                    (xi)   except  as  and  to  the  extent  set  forth  in  the
               Prospectus, the Company is not under any obligation to pay to any
               third-party royalties or fees of any kind whatsoever with respect
               to any technology or intellectual properties developed,  employed
               or used by the Company;

                    (xii)  assuming due  execution by the parties  thereto other
               than the Company,  the Lock-up Agreements hereof are legal, valid
               and binding  obligations of parties thereto,  enforceable against
               the party and any  subsequent  holder of the  securities  subject
               thereto   in   accordance   with  its  terms   (except   as  such
               enforceability   may  be   limited  by   applicable   bankruptcy,
               insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium or other laws of general
               application  relating to or affecting  enforcement  of creditors'
               rights and the application of equitable principles in any action,
               legal  or  equitable,  and  except  as  rights  to  indemnity  or
               contribution may be limited by applicable law);

                    (xiii)  the  Company  does  not  (A)  maintain,  sponsor  or
               contribute to any ERISA Plans, (B) maintain or contribute, now or
               at any time previously,  to a defined benefit plan, as defined in
               Section 3(35) of ERISA, and (C) has never completely or partially
               withdrawn from a "multiemployer plan;"

                    (xiv)  except as  described  in the  Prospectus,  no person,
               corporation, trust, partnership,  association or other entity has
               the  right to  include  and/or  register  any  securities  of the
               Company in the  Registration  Statement,  require  the Company to
               file any  registration  statement  or, if filed,  to include  any
               security in such registration  statement for eighteen months from
               the date hereof;

                    (xv) except as  described  in the  Prospectus,  there are no
               claims, payments,  issuances,  arrangements or understandings for
               services  in the nature of a  finder's  or  origination  fee with
               respect  to  the  sale  of  the  Units   hereunder  or  financial
               consulting  arrangement  or any  other  arrangements,  agreements
               understandings,  payments or issuances except as described in the
               Prospectus;

                    (xvi) Counsel has  participated  in the  preparation  of the
               Registration  Statement and Prospectus  and in  conferences  with
               officers    and   other    representatives    of   the   Company,
               representatives  of the  independent  public  accountants  of the
               Company  and your  representatives  at which the  contents of the
               Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus  and related  matters
               were  discussed.  Counsel  advises you that,  on the basis of the
               foregoing  (relying  as  to  materiality  to a  large  extent  on
               officers and other representatives of the Company and your

                                       22

<PAGE>
                    representatives),  no facts have come to our attention which
               lead us to believe that (A) the  Registration  Statement  and the
               Prospectus  included  therein  and any  supplement  or  amendment
               thereto,  at the time the  Registration  Statement  was  declared
               effective by the Commission (except for the financial  statements
               (including  the notes thereto and the auditor's  report  thereon)
               and schedules  (including the auditor's report thereon) and other
               financial  or  statistical   data  included  or  incorporated  by
               reference  therein,  as to which we express no opinion) contained
               any untrue statement of material fact omitted to state a material
               fact  required  to be stated  therein  or  necessary  to make the
               statements  therein,  in light of the circumstances in which they
               were made, not misleading,  and (B) the Prospectus, as amended or
               supplemented (except for the financial statements  (including the
               notes  thereto and the  auditor's  report  thereon) and schedules
               (including the auditor's  report  thereon) and other financial or
               statistical  data included or incorporated by reference  therein,
               as to which  counsel  expresses no opinion)  contained any untrue
               statement of a material  fact or omitted to state a material fact
               necessary in order to make the statements  therein,  in the light
               of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

         In  rendering  such  opinion,  such  counsel may rely (A) as to matters
involving  the  application  of laws other  than the laws of the United  States,
except  patent  and  trademark  laws,  the  corporate  laws  of  Delaware,   and
jurisdictions  in which they are  admitted,  to the extent  such  counsel  deems
proper and to the extent  specified in such opinion,  if at all, upon an opinion
or opinions (in form and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Underwriter's
Counsel)  of other  counsel  reasonably  acceptable  to  Underwriter's  Counsel,
familiar with the applicable laws; (B) as to matters of fact, to the extent they
deem proper, on certificates and written  statements of responsible  officers of
the  Company  and  certificates  or other  written  statements  of  officers  of
departments of various  jurisdictions having custody of documents respecting the
corporate existence or good standing of the Company, provided that copies of any
such statements or certificates  shall be delivered to Underwriter's  Counsel if
requested.  The opinion of such  counsel  for the  Company  shall state that the
opinion of any such other counsel is in form  satisfactory  to such counsel and,
in its opinion, the Underwriter and they are justified in relying thereon.

                  (e)      Intentionally omitted.

                  (f) At each Option Closing Date, if any, the Underwriter shall
have  received  the  favorable  opinion  of Lester  Morse,  P.C.  counsel to the
Company, each dated the Option Closing Date, addressed to the Underwriter and in
form and substance satisfactory to Underwriter's Counsel confirming as of Option
Closing Date the statements made by such firms,  in their opinion,  delivered on
the Closing Date.

                  (g) On or prior  to each of the  Closing  Date and the  Option
Closing Date,  Underwriter's  Counsel shall have been  furnished  such documents
certificates  and  opinions  as they may  reasonably  require for the purpose of
enabling them to review or pass upon the matters  referred to in subsection  (b)
of this  Section  6, or in order  to  evidence  the  accuracy,  completeness  or
satisfaction  of any of the  representations,  warranties or  conditions  herein
contained.


                                       23

<PAGE>
                  (h) On or prior  to each of the  Closing  Date and the  Option
Closing Date,  Underwriter's  Counsel shall have been furnished such  documents,
certificates  and  opinions  as they may  reasonably  require for the purpose of
enabling them to review or pass upon the matters  referred to in subsection  (c)
of this  Section  6, or in order  to  evidence  the  accuracy,  completeness  or
satisfaction  of any of the  representations,  warranties  or  conditions of the
Company herein contained.

                  (i)  Prior to each of  Closing  Date and each  Option  Closing
Date,  if any,  (i)  there  shall  have  been no  material  adverse  change  nor
development  involving  a  prospective  change in the  condition,  financial  or
otherwise,  prospects or the business activities of the Company,  whether or not
in the  ordinary  course of  business,  from the  latest  dates as of which such
condition is set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus;  (ii) there
shall have been no transaction,  not in the ordinary course of business, entered
into by the Company, from the latest date as of which the financial condition of
the Company is set forth in the  Registration  Statement and Prospectus which is
materially  adverse to the  Company;  (iii) the Company  shall not be in default
under any provision of any instrument relating to any outstanding  indebtedness;
(iv) no material  amount of the assets of the Company shall have been pledged or
mortgaged, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus; (v)
no action, suit or proceeding,  at law or in equity,  shall have been pending or
to its  knowledge  threatened  against  the  Company,  or  affecting  any of its
properties  or  business  before or by any court or  federal,  state or  foreign
commission,   board  or  other  administrative  agency  wherein  an  unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  business,
operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as
set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus;  and (vi) no stop order
shall have been issued under the Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been
initiated, threatened or contemplated by the Commission.

                  (j) At each of the Closing Date and each Option  Closing Date,
if any, the Underwriter  shall have received a certificate of the Company signed
by the  principal  executive  officer  and  by  the  chief  financial  or  chief
accounting  officer of the  Company,  dated the Closing  Date or Option  Closing
Date,  as the case may be, to the effect that each of such persons has carefully
examined the  Registration  Statement,  the Prospectus and this  Agreement,  and
that:

                    (i) The  representations  and  warranties  of the Company in
               this Agreement are true and correct,  as if made on and as of the
               Closing Date or the Option  Closing Date, as the case may be, and
               the Company has complied  with all  agreements  and covenants and
               satisfied all conditions  contained in this Agreement on its part
               to be  performed or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date or
               Option Closing Date, as the case may be;

                    (ii) No  stop  order  suspending  the  effectiveness  of the
               Registration  Statement has been issued,  and no proceedings  for
               that purpose have been  instituted or are pending or, to the best
               of  each  of  such  person's   knowledge,   are  contemplated  or
               threatened under the Act;


                                       24

<PAGE>
                    (iii) The Registration  Statement and the Prospectus and, if
               any, each  amendment  and each  supplement  thereto,  contain all
               statements and information  required to be included therein,  and
               the Registration Statement, and any amendment thereto include any
               untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or  omits  to  state  any
               material fact required to be stated  therein or necessary to make
               the statements  therein not misleading and the Prospectus and any
               supplement  thereto  does not include any untrue  statement  of a
               material  fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be
               stated  therein or necessary to make the statements  therein,  in
               light of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
               misleading; and

                    (iv)  Subsequent  to  the  respective   dates  as  of  which
               information  is  given  in the  Registration  Statement  and  the
               Prospectus,  the Company has not incurred up to and including the
               Closing  Date or the  Option  Closing  Date,  as the case may be,
               other than in the ordinary  course of its business,  any material
               liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent; the Company has
               not paid or declared any dividends or other  distributions on its
               capital stock;  the Company has not entered into any transactions
               not in the ordinary  course of  business;  and there has not been
               any change in the capital stock or long-term debt or any increase
               in the  short-term  borrowings  (other  than any  increase in the
               short-term  borrowings in the ordinary course of business) of the
               Company;  the  Company has not  sustained  any  material  loss or
               damage to its property or assets,  whether or not insured;  there
               is no  litigation  which is pending  or  threatened  against  the
               Company  which  is  required  to be set  forth in an  amended  or
               supplemented  Prospectus  which has not been set forth; and there
               has  occurred no event  required to be set forth in an amended or
               supplemented Prospectus which has not been set forth.

     References  to the  Registration  Statement  and  the  Prospectus  in  this
subsection (j) are to such documents as amended and  supplemented at the date of
such certificate.

                  (k) By the Closing Date,  the  Underwriter  will have received
clearance from the NASD as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to
the Underwriter, as described in the Registration Statement.

                  (l) At the time this  Agreement is executed,  the  Underwriter
shall have received  letters,  dated such date,  addressed to the Underwriter in
form and substance  satisfactory  in all respects  (including  the  non-material
nature of the changes or decreases,  if any,  referred to in clause (iii) below)
to the Underwriter from Hauser + Taylor:

                    (i) confirming that they are independent  public accountants
               with respect to the Company within the meaning of the Act and the
               applicable Rules and Regulations;

                    (ii)  stating that it is their  opinion  that the  financial
               statements  and supporting  schedules of the Company  included in
               the  Registration  Statement  comply  as to form in all  material
               respects with the applicable  accounting  requirements of the Act
               and the Rules and Regulations thereunder and that the Underwriter
               may rely upon the opinion of Hauser + Taylor, with respect to the
               financial  statements  and-supporting  schedules  included in the
               Registration Statement;

                                       25

<PAGE>
                    (iii) stating  that, on the basis of a limited  review which
               included  a reading  of the latest  available  unaudited  interim
               financial  statements  of the Company  (with an indication of the
               date  of  the  latest  available   unaudited   interim  financial
               statements),  a reading  of the latest  available  minutes of the
               stockholders and board of directors and the various committees of
               the  boards  of  directors  of the  Company,  consultations  with
               officers  and other  employees  of the  Company  responsible  for
               financial and accounting  matters and other specified  procedures
               and inquiries,  nothing has come to their  attention  which would
               lead them to believe that (A) the unaudited financial  statements
               and  supporting   schedules  of  the  Company   included  in  the
               Registration  Statement  do not comply as to form in all material
               respects with the applicable  accounting  requirements of the Act
               and the Rules and  Regulations  or are not  fairly  presented  in
               conformity with generally accepted accounting  principles applied
               on a basis  substantially  consistent  with  that of the  audited
               financial  statements of the Company included in the Registration
               Statement, or (B) at a specified date not more than five (5) days
               prior to the effective date of the Registration Statement,  there
               has been any change in the capital stock or long-term debt of the
               Company,  or any  decrease  in the  stockholders'  equity  or net
               current  assets or net  assets of the  Company as  compared  with
               amounts shown in the September 30, 1998 balance sheet included in
               the  Registration  Statement,  other  than  as  set  forth  in or
               contemplated by the Registration Statement,  or, if there was any
               change or  decrease,  setting  forth the amount of such change or
               decrease,  and (C) during the period from September 30, 1998 to a
               specified date not more than five (5) days prior to the effective
               date of the Registration Statement, there was any decrease in net
               revenues,  net  earnings or increase in net  earnings  per common
               share  of  the  Company,  in  each  case  as  compared  with  the
               corresponding  period beginning  September 30, 1997 other than as
               set forth in or contemplated by the Registration  Statement,  or,
               if there was any such decrease,  setting forth the amount of such
               decrease;

                    (iv) setting  forth,  at a date not later than five (5) days
               prior to the date of the  Registration  Statement,  the amount of
               liabilities of the Company;

                    (v) stating that they have compared specific dollar amounts,
               numbers  of  shares,   percentages   of  revenues  and  earnings,
               statements  and other  financial  information  pertaining  to the
               Company  set forth in the  Prospectus  in each case to the extent
               that  such  amounts,   numbers,   percentages,   statements   and
               information may be derived from the general  accounting  records,
               including work sheets, of the Company and excluding any questions
               requiring an  interpretation  by legal counsel,  with the results
               obtained from the  application of specified  readings,  inquiries
               and  other  appropriate   procedures  (which  procedures  do  not
               constitute an examination in accordance  with generally  accepted
               auditing  standards) set forth in the letter and found them to be
               in agreement; and

                    (vi)  statements  as to such other  matters  incident to the
               transaction contemplated hereby as the Underwriter may reasonably
               request.

                  (m) At Closing  Date,  the  Underwriter  shall have received a
letter from Hauser + Taylor  dated as of the  Closing  Date,  to the effect that
they  reaffirm  that  statements  made  in the  letters  furnished  pursuant  to
Subsection (l) of this Section, except that the specified date

                                       26

<PAGE>
referred  to shall be a date not more than five days prior to Closing  Date and,
if the Company has elected to rely on Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, to
the further  effect that they have carried out procedures as specified in clause
(v) of  subsection  (i)  of  this  Section  with  respect  to  certain  amounts,
percentages and financial information as specified by the Underwriter and deemed
to be a part of the  Registration  Statement  pursuant to Rule  430A(b) and have
found such amounts,  percentages  and financial  information  to be in agreement
with the records specified in such clause (v).

                  (n) On each of the Closing Date and Option  Closing  Date,  if
any,  there  shall have been duly  tendered to the  Underwriter  for the several
Underwriter's accounts the appropriate number of Units.

                  (o)  No  order  suspending  the  sale  of  the  Units  in  any
jurisdiction designated by the Underwriter pursuant to subsection (e) of Section
4 hereof shall have been issued on either the Closing Date or the Option Closing
Date, if any, and no proceedings  for that purpose shall have been instituted or
to its knowledge or that of the Company shall be contemplated.

                  (p) On or before the Closing Date,  the Company shall have (i)
executed  and   delivered  to  the   Underwriter   the   consulting   agreement,
substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement (the
"Consulting Agreement").

         If any  condition  to the  Underwriter's  obligations  hereunder  to be
fulfilled  prior to or at the Closing Date or the relevant  Option Closing Date,
as the case may be, is not so fulfilled,  the  Underwriter  may  terminate  this
Agreement or, if the  Underwriter  so elects,  it may waive any such  conditions
which have not been fulfilled or extend the time for their fulfillment.

         7.       Indemnification.

                  (a) The Company  agrees to  indemnify  and hold  harmless  the
Underwriter, and each person, if any, who controls the Underwriter ("controlling
person")  within the  meaning  of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the
Exchange  Act,  against  any  and  all  losses,  claims,  damages,  expenses  or
liabilities,  joint or several  (and  actions in  respect  thereof),  whatsoever
(including  but  not  limited  to any  and all  expenses  whatsoever  reasonably
incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or  defending  against  any  litigation,
commenced or  threatened,  or any claim  whatsoever),  as such are incurred,  to
which such Underwriter or such  controlling  person may become subject under the
Act, the  Exchange  Act or any other  statute or at common law arising out of or
based upon any untrue  statement or alleged untrue  statement of a material fact
contained (i) in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  (except that the  indemnification
contained in this paragraph with respect to any preliminary prospectus shall not
inure  to  the  benefit  of the  Underwriter  or to the  benefit  of any  person
controlling the Underwriter) on account of any loss, claim, damage, liability or
expense arising from the sale of the Units by the Underwriter to any person if a
copy of the  Prospectus,  as  amended  or  supplemented,  shall  not  have  been
delivered  or sent to such person  within the time  required by the Act, and the
untrue  statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission of
a material fact contained in such Preliminary

                                       27

<PAGE>
Prospectus was corrected in the  Prospectus,  as amended and  supplemented,  and
such correction  would have  eliminated the loss,  claim,  damage,  liability or
expense),  the  Registration  Statement or the  Prospectus (as from time to time
amended and supplemented); (ii) in any post-effective amendment or amendments or
any new registration statement and prospectus in which is included securities of
the Company  issued or issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriters  Options;  or
(iii) in any  application  or other document or written  communication  (in this
Section 8 collectively  called  "application")  executed by the Company or based
upon written  information  furnished by the Company in any jurisdiction in order
to  qualify  the Units  under the  securities  laws  thereof  or filed  with the
Commission,  any state  securities  commission  or  agency,  NASDAQ or any other
securities exchange; or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein
not misleading (in the case of the Prospectus, in the light of the circumstances
under  which they were  made),  unless such  statement  or omission  was made in
reliance  upon and in  conformity  with  written  information  furnished  to the
Company  with  respect to any  Underwriter  by or on behalf of such  Underwriter
expressly for use in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration Statement or
Prospectus,   or  any  amendment  thereof  or  supplement  thereto,  or  in  any
application, as the case may be.

         The indemnity  agreement in this subsection (a) shall be in addition to
any liability which the Company may have at common law or otherwise.

                  (b) The  Underwriter  agrees  severally,  but not jointly,  to
indemnify  and hold  harmless the Company,  each of its  directors,  each of its
officers who has signed the Registration  Statement,  and each other person,  if
any, who  controls the Company  within the meaning of the Act to the same extent
as the foregoing  indemnity  from the Company to the  Underwriter  but only with
respect to statements or omissions,  if any, made in any Preliminary Prospectus,
the Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement
thereto or in any  application  made in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity
with,  written  information  furnished  to  the  Company  with  respect  to  any
Underwriter  by  such   Underwriter   expressly  for  use  in  such  Preliminary
Prospectus, the Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment thereof or
supplement  thereto  or in any such  application,  provided  that  such  written
information  or  omissions  only  pertain  to  disclosures  in  the  Preliminary
Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or Prospectus  directly relating to the
transactions  effected by the  Underwriter  in  connection  with this  Offering;
provided,  further,  that the liability of each Underwriter to the Company shall
be limited to the product of the  Underwriter's  discount or commission  and the
number of Units sold by such  Underwriter  hereunder.  The Company  acknowledges
that the statements  with respect to the public  offering of the Units set forth
under the heading  "Underwriting and Plan of Distribution" and the stabilization
legend  in the  Prospectus  and  the  statement  as to the  anticipated  date of
delivery of the  certificates  representing the Units have been furnished by the
Underwriter  expressly  for use  therein  and  constitute  the only  information
furnished  in writing by or on behalf of the  Underwriter  for  inclusion in the
Prospectus.



                                       28

<PAGE>
                  (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified  party under this
Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,  such
indemnified party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against one
or more  indemnifying  parties  under this Section 7, notify each party  against
whom indemnification is to be sought in writing of the commencement thereof (but
the  failure so to notify an  indemnifying  party  shall not relieve it from any
liability  which it may have under this  Section 8 except to the extent  that it
has  been  prejudiced  in any  material  respect  by such  failure  or from  any
liability  which it may have  otherwise).  In case any such  action  is  brought
against any indemnified  party, and it notifies an indemnifying party or parties
of the commencement  thereof, the indemnifying party or parties will be entitled
to  participate  therein,  and to the  extent  it may  elect by  written  notice
delivered to the indemnified party promptly after receiving the aforesaid notice
from such  indemnified  party,  to assume the defense  thereof  with one counsel
reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party. Notwithstanding the foregoing
the indemnified party or parties shall have the right to employ its or their own
counsel in any such case but the fees and expenses of such  counsel  shall be at
the expense of such  indemnified  party or parties  unless (i) the employment of
such counsel shall have been authorized in writing by the  indemnifying  parties
in connection with the defense of such action at the expense of the indemnifying
party, (ii) the indemnifying  parties shall not have employed counsel reasonably
satisfactory  to such  indemnified  party to have  charge of the defense of such
action within a reasonable time after notice of  commencement of the action,  or
(iii) such  indemnifying  party or parties shall have reasonably  concluded that
there  may be  defenses  available  to it or them  which are  different  from or
additional  to those  available  to one or all of the  indemnifying  parties (in
which  case the  indemnifying  parties  shall not have the  right to direct  the
defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party or parties), in any of
which events such fees and expenses of one additional  counsel shall be borne by
the indemnifying  parties. In no event shall the indemnifying  parties be liable
for fees and  expenses  of more  than one  counsel  (in  addition  to any  local
counsel)  separate  from  their  own  counsel  for all  indemnified  parties  in
connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the
same jurisdiction  arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.
Anything in this  Section 7 to the  contrary  notwithstanding,  an  indemnifying
party  shall not be liable for any  settlement  of any claim or action  effected
without  its  written  consent;  provided  however,  that such  consent  was not
unreasonably withheld.

                  (d) In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in
any case in which (i) an  indemnified  party  makes a claim for  indemnification
pursuant to this Section 7, but it is judicially  determined  (by the entry of a
final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration
of time to  appeal  or the  denial  of the  last  right  of  appeal)  that  such
indemnification  may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that
the express  provisions  of this Section 7 provide for  indemnification  in such
case,  or (ii)  contribution  under the Act may be  required  on the part of any
indemnified  party, then each indemnifying  party shall contribute to the amount
paid as a result of such losses,  claims,  damages,  expenses or liabilities (or
actions in respect  thereof) (A) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect
the relative benefits received by each of the contributing  parties,  on the one
hand, and the party to be  indemnified  on the other hand,  from the offering of
the Units or (B) if the allocation provided by clause (A) above is not permitted
by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to

                                       29

<PAGE>
reflect not only the relative  benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also
the relative fault of each of the contributing parties, on the one hand, and the
party to be indemnified  on the other hand in connection  with the statements or
omissions  that  resulted  in  such  losses,   claims,   damages,   expenses  or
liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. In any case
where  the  Company  is  the  contributing  party  and  the  Underwriter  is the
indemnified party the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand,
and the Underwriter,  on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same proportion
as the total net  proceeds  from the  offering  of the Units  (before  deducting
expenses) bear to the total  underwriting  discounts received by the Underwriter
hereunder,  in each  case as set  forth in the  table on the  Cover  Page of the
Prospectus.  Relative  fault shall be  determined  by reference  to, among other
things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged  omission to state a material  fact  relates to  information
supplied by the Company or by the Underwriter and the parties'  relative intent,
knowledge,  access to  information  and  opportunity  to correct or prevent such
untrue statement or omission. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party
as a result of the losses, claims, damages,  expenses or liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) referred to above in this subdivision (d) shall be deemed to
include any legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred  by such  indemnified
party in connection  with  investigating  or defending any such action or claim.
Notwithstanding  the provisions of this subdivision  (d), the Underwriter  shall
not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting  discount
applicable to the Units purchased by the Underwriter hereunder. No person guilty
of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act)
shall be  entitled  to  contribution  from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent  misrepresentation.  For purposes of this Section 7, each person,  if
any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act, each officer of the
Company  who has signed the  Registration  Statement,  and each  director of the
Company shall have the same rights to  contribution  as the Company,  subject in
each case to this  subparagraph  (d). Any party entitled to  contribution  will,
promptly  after  receipt  of  notice  of  commencement  of any  action,  suit or
proceeding  against such party in respect to which a claim for  contribution may
be made against  another party or parties under this  subparagraph  (d),  notify
such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought,  but the omission so
to notify such party or parties shall not relieve the party or parties from whom
contribution  may be sought from any obligation it or they may have hereunder or
otherwise than under this  subparagraph (d), or to the extent that such party or
parties were not adversely affected by such omission. The contribution agreement
set forth above shall be in addition to any liabilities  which any  indemnifying
party may have at common law or otherwise.

         8.   Representations   and   Agreements   to  Survive   Delivery.   All
representations,  warranties  and  agreements  contained  in this  Agreement  or
contained in certificates of officers of the Company submitted  pursuant hereto,
shall be deemed to be representations.  warranties and agreements at the Closing
Date and the Option Closing Date, as the case may be, and such  representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company and the indemnity  agreements contained
in  Section  7 hereof,  shall  remain  operative  and in full  force and  effect
regardless of any  investigation  made by or on behalf of the  Underwriter,  the
Company,  or any  controlling  person,  and shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement or the issuance and delivery of the Units to the Underwriter.

                                       30

<PAGE>
         9.       Effective Date.

                  (a) This Agreement  shall become  effective at 10:00 a.m., New
York City time, on the next full  business day following the date hereof,  or at
such  earlier time after the  Registration  Statement  becomes  effective as the
Underwriter,  in its  discretion,  shall  release  the Units for the sale to the
public,  provided,  however that the  provisions of Sections 5, 7 and 10 of this
Agreement  shall at all times be effective.  For purposes of this Section 9, the
Units to be purchased  hereunder  shall be deemed to have been so released  upon
the earlier of dispatch by the  Underwriter  of telegrams to securities  dealers
releasing  such  Units  for  offering  or the  release  by the  Underwriter  for
publication of the first newspaper advertisement which is subsequently published
relating to the Units.

         10.      Termination.

                  (a)  Subject  to  subsection  (d)  of  this  Section  10,  the
Underwriter  shall  have  the  right to  terminate  this  Agreement,  (i) if any
calamitous  domestic or international  event or act or occurrence has materially
disrupted,  or in  the  Underwriter's  opinion,  will  in the  immediate  future
materially  disrupt general  securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if
trading on the New York Stock Exchange,  the American Stock Exchange,  or in the
over-the-counter  market shall have been  suspended or minimum or maximum prices
for trading shall have been fixed,  or maximum  ranges for prices for securities
shall have been required on the over-the-counter  market by the NASD or by order
of the Commission or any other  government  authority  having  jurisdiction;  or
(iii)  if the  United  States  shall  have  become  involved  in a war or  major
hostilities;  or (iv) if a banking  moratorium  has been  declared by a New York
State or federal  authority;  or (v) if a moratorium in foreign exchange trading
has been  declared;  or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a loss material
or substantial by fire, flood, accident, hurricane,  earthquake, theft, sabotage
or other  calamity or  malicious  act which  whether or not such loss shall have
been insured, will, in the Underwriter's opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed
with the delivery of the Units;  or (vii) if there shall have been such material
adverse change in the  conditions or prospects of the Company,  or such material
adverse general market conditions as in the Underwriter's judgment would make it
inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Units.

                  (b)  Notwithstanding  any contrary provision contained in this
Agreement,   any  election  hereunder  or  any  termination  of  this  Agreement
(including,  without  limitation,  pursuant to  Sections 9 and 10  hereof),  and
whether or not this  Agreement is  otherwise  carried  out,  the  provisions  of
Section 5 and  Section 7 shall not be in any way  affected  by such  election or
termination  or  failure  to carry out the terms of this  Agreement  or any part
hereof.

         11.  Default by the Company.  If the Company  shall fail at the Closing
Date or any Option Closing Date, as  applicable,  to sell and deliver the number
of Units  which it is  obligated  to sell  hereunder  on such  date,  then  this
Agreement  shall  terminate (or, if such default shall occur with respect to any
Option Units to be purchased on an Option Closing Date, the  Underwriter  may at
its option, by notice from the Underwriter to the Company, terminate the

                                       31

<PAGE>
Underwriter's  obligations  to  purchase  Units  from the  Company on such date)
without  any  liability  on the  part of any  non-defaulting  party  other  than
pursuant to Section 5 and  Section 7 hereof.  No action  taken  pursuant to this
Section  shall  relieve the Company from  liability,  if any, in respect of such
default.

         12. Notices. All notices and communications hereunder, except as herein
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been  duly   given  if  mailed  or   transmitted   by  any   standard   form  of
telecommunication.   Notices  to  the  Underwriter  shall  be  directed  to  the
Underwriter at Fairchild  Financial Group,  Inc., 99 Wall Street,  New York, New
York 10005, Attention:  Syndicate Department,  with a copy to Lampert & Ference,
10 East 40th Street,  New York, New York 10016.  Notices to the Company shall be
directed to the Company at 4450 Belden Village Street,  N.W., Suite 406, Canton,
Ohio, Attention: William L. Miller, President, with a copy to Lester Morse, Esq.
111 Great Neck Road, Great Neck, New York 11021, Attention: Steven Morse, Esq.

         13.  Parties.  This Agreement  shall inure solely to the benefit of and
shall be binding upon, the Underwriter, the Company and the controlling persons,
directors  and officers  referred to in Section 7 hereof,  and their  respective
successors,  legal  representatives and assigns,  and their respective heirs and
legal representatives and no other person shall have or be construed to have any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of
this Agreement or any provisions  herein  contained.  No purchaser of Units from
any  Underwriter  shall be deemed  to be a  successor  by reason  merely of such
purchase.

         14. Construction. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the State of New York  without  giving
effect to the choice of law or conflict of laws principles.

         15.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be  executed  in any number of
counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which
taken together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.



                                       32

<PAGE>
         If the foregoing  correctly  sets forth the  understanding  between the
Underwriter and the Company,  please so indicate in the space provided below for
that purpose,  whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding  agreement among
us.

                                                        Very truly yours,

                                                        KIDS STUFF, INC.

                                                  By:___________________________
                                                        William Miller
                                                        President

         Confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written.

FAIRCHILD FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.


By:_____________________________

Name: __________________________                  Title: _______________________

                                       33

                                KIDS STUFF, INC.

                                       AND

                         FAIRCHILD FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.







                                REPRESENTATIVE'S
                            PURCHASE OPTION AGREEMENT







                               Dated as of , 1998











<PAGE>

     REPRESENTATIVE'S  PURCHASE  OPTION  AGREEMENT dated as of , 1998 among Kids
Stuff,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company") and Fairchild  Financial
Group, Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (hereinafter  referred to variously as the
"Holder" or the "Representative").

                              W I T N E S S E T H :

     WHEREAS, the Company proposes to issue to the Representative an option (the
"Representative's  Purchase  Option") to purchase up to an  aggregate  of 40,000
units  (the  "Units"),  with  each  Unit  comprised  of one  share  of  Series 1
Convertible Preferred Stock (the "Preferred Stock") and two Series 1 Convertible
Preferred Stock Warrants (the "Preferred Warrants"); and

     WHEREAS,  the  Representative  has  agreed  pursuant  to  the  underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") dated as of the date hereof between the
Representative  and the Company,  to underwrite  the Company's  proposed  public
offering of 400,000  Units,  at a public  offering  price of $5.00 per Unit (the
"Public Offering"); and

     WHEREAS, the Representative's Purchase Option to be issued pursuant to this
Agreement  will be issued on the  Closing  Date (as such term is  defined in the
Underwriting  Agreement) by the Company to the  Representative  in consideration
for, and as part of the compensation in connection with the Public Offering;

     NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  the  payment by the
Representative  to the  Company of an  aggregate  of ten dollars  ($10.00),  the
agreements herein set forth and other good and


<PAGE>
valuable  consideration,  the  receipt  and  sufficiency  of  which  are  hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. Grant.  The Holder is hereby  granted the right to purchase,  at any
time from , 1999 until;  5:30 p.m.,  New York time, on , 2003 up to an aggregate
40,000 Units  (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 8 hereof) at a price
of $8.25 (165% of the initial public offering  price),  subject to the terms and
conditions of this  Agreement.  Except as set forth herein,  the Units  issuable
upon  exercise of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  are in all  respects
identical to the Units being purchased by the  Representative  for resale to the
public pursuant to the terms and provisions of the Underwriting Agreement.

         2. Purchase Option Certificates.  The purchase option certificates (the
"Purchase Option  Certificates")  delivered and to be delivered pursuant to this
Agreement  shall be in the form set forth in Exhibit A, attached hereto and made
a part hereof, with such appropriate insertions,  omissions,  substitutions, and
other variations as required or permitted by this Agreement.

         3.  Exercise of Purchase  Option.  The Purchase  Options  initially are
exercisable  at an aggregate  initial  exercise  price (subject to adjustment as
provided  in  Section 8  hereof)  as set forth in  Section 6 hereof  payable  by
certified or official  bank check in New York Clearing  House funds,  subject to
adjustment  as provided in Section 8 hereof.  Upon  surrender  at the  Company's
principal  offices in Ohio  (presently  located at 4450 Belden  Village  Street,
N.W., Suite 406, Canton, Ohio 44718), of a Purchase Option Certificate with the

                                        2

<PAGE>
annexed Form of Election to Purchase duly executed, together with payment of the
Purchase Price (as hereinafter  defined) for the Units, the registered holder of
a Purchase  Option  Certificate  ("Holder"  or  "Holders")  shall be entitled to
receive a certificate or certificates for the securities comprising the Units so
purchased.  The purchase rights  represented by each  Representative's  Purchase
Option Certificate are exercisable at the option of the Holder thereof, in whole
or in part (but not as to fractional Units). In the case of the purchase of less
than all the  Units  purchasable  under any  Purchase  Option  Certificate,  the
Company shall cancel the Purchase Option  Certificate upon the surrender thereof
and shall execute and deliver a new Purchase  Option  Certificate  of like tenor
for the balance of the securities purchasable thereunder.

         4. Issuance of Certificates.  Upon the exercise of the Representative's
Purchase  Options,  the  issuance  of  certificates  for the Units shall be made
forthwith (and in any event within three (3) business days  thereafter)  without
charge to the Holder thereof including, without limitation, any tax which may be
payable in respect of the issuance thereof, and such certificates shall (subject
to the  provisions  of  Sections 5 and 7 hereof) be issued in the name of, or in
such names as may be directed by, the Holder thereof;  provided,  however,  that
the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect
of any transfer  involved in the issuance and delivery of any such  certificates
in a name other than that of the Representative and the Company shall

                                        3

<PAGE>
not be required to issue or deliver such certificates unless or until the person
or persons  requesting  the issuance  thereof shall have paid to the Company the
amount of such tax or shall have  established to the satisfaction of the Company
that such tax has been paid.

         The Representative's  Purchase Option Certificates and the certificates
representing the Units issuable upon exercise of the  Representative's  Purchase
Options  shall be executed  on behalf of the Company by the manual or  facsimile
signature  of the  then  present  Chairman  or Vice  Chairman  of the  Board  of
Directors or President or Vice President of the Company under its corporate seal
reproduced thereon, attested to by the manual or facsimile signature of the then
present  Secretary  or  Assistant  Secretary  of the  Company.  Representative's
Purchase Option Certificates shall be dated the date of execution by the Company
upon initial issuance, division, exchange, substitution or transfer.

         5. Restriction On Transfer of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options.
The Holder of a Representative's Purchase Option Certificate,  by its acceptance
thereof,  covenants and agrees that the  Representative's  Purchase  Options are
being acquired as an investment and not with a view to the distribution thereof;
and that the  Representative's  Purchase  Options may not be sold,  transferred,
assigned,  hypothecated  or otherwise  disposed  of, in whole or in part,  for a
period of one (1) year from the date of the Public Offering,  except to officers
or partners of the

                                        4

<PAGE>
Representative  or  members of the  selling  group  and/or  their  officers  and
partners.

         6. Exercise Price.

          6.1 Initial and Adjusted Exercise Price.  Except as otherwise provided
     in  Section  8  hereof,  the  initial  exercise  price of each of the Units
     underlying  the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  shall be  $8.25.  The
     adjusted  exercise price shall be the price which shall result from time to
     time  from  any  and all  adjustments  of the  initial  exercise  price  in
     accordance with the provisions of Section 8 hereof.  Moreover,  the initial
     exercise  price of the  Preferred  Warrants  issuable  upon exercise of the
     Units underlying the Representative's Purchase Options shall be $8.25.

          6.2 Exercise  Price.  The term "Exercise  Price" herein shall mean the
     initial exercise price or the adjusted  exercise price,  depending upon the
     context.

         7. Registration Rights.

          7.1   Registration   Under   the   Securities   Act   of   1933.   The
     Representative's  Purchase Options, the Units issuable upon exercise of the
     Representative's  Purchase  Options and the shares of Preferred  Stock, the
     Preferred  Warrants  and the  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  underlying  the
     Preferred Warrants  underlying the Units have been registered pursuant to a
     registration  statement on form SB-2 (the  "Registration  Statement") under
     the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act").

          7.2 Piggyback  Registration.  If, at any time commencing after , 1999,
     through  and  including  , 2005 (84 months from the  Effective  Date),  the
     Company  proposes to register  any of its  securities  under the Act (other
     than in  connection  with a merger  or  pursuant  to Form S-8) it will give
     written  notice by registered  mail, at least thirty (30) days prior to the
     filing of each such registration  statement,  to the  Representative and to
     all other Holders of the Representative's Purchase Options and/or the Units
     underlying same of its intention to do so. If any of the  Representative or
     other Holders of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  and/or the Units
     underlying same notify the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of
     any

                                        6

<PAGE>
          such notice of its or their desire to include any such  securities  in
     such proposed registration statement,  the Company shall afford each of the
     Representative  and such Holders of the  Representative's  Purchase Options
     and/or the Units  underlying  same the  opportunity  to have any such Units
     underlying same registered under such registration statement.

          Notwithstanding  the provisions of this Section 7.2, the Company shall
     have the  right  at any time  after it  shall  have  given  written  notice
     pursuant to this Section 7.2 (irrespective of whether a written request for
     inclusion of any such securities shall have been made) to elect not to file
     any such proposed registration statement, or to withdraw the same after the
     filing but prior to the effective date thereof.

          7.3 Demand Registration.

         (a) At any time  commencing  after , 1999 (12 months from the Effective
Date)  through and  including , 2003 (60 months from the  Effective  Date),  the
Holders of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options and/or Units underlying same
representing a "Majority" (as hereinafter  defined) of such securities (assuming
the exercise of all of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options)  shall have the
right (which right is in addition to the  registration  rights under Section 7.2
hereof),  exercisable  by written  notice to the  Company,  to have the  Company
prepare and file with the Commission,  on one occasion, a registration statement
and such other  documents,  including a  prospectus,  as may be necessary in the
opinion of both counsel for the Company and

                                        7

<PAGE>
counsel  for the  Representative  and  Holders,  in  order  to  comply  with the
provisions  of the Act,  so as to  permit a  public  offering  and sale of their
respective Units underlying same for nine (9) consecutive months by such Holders
and any other  Holders of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  and/or Units
underlying  same who notify  the  Company  within ten (10) days after  receiving
notice from the Company of such request.

         (b) The  Company  covenants  and agrees to give  written  notice of any
registration  request  under  this  Section  7.3 by any Holder or Holders to all
other registered Holders of the Representative's  Purchase Options and the Units
underlying  same  within ten (10) days from the date of the  receipt of any such
registration request.

         (c) In  addition  to the  registration  rights  under  Section  7.2 and
subsection  (a) of this  Section  7.3, at any time  commencing  after , 1999 (12
months from the Effective Date) through and including , 2003 (60 months from the
Effective  Date),  any  Holder or  Holders  of a  Majority  of  Representative's
Purchase  Options  and/or  the  Units  underlying  same  shall  have the  right,
exercisable by written  request to the Company,  to have the Company prepare and
file, on one occasion,  with the  Commission a  registration  statement so as to
permit a public  offering and sale for nine (9)  consecutive  months by any such
Holder or Holders,  provided,  however,  that the  provisions of Section  7.4(b)
hereof shall not apply to any such registration request and registration and all
costs  incident  thereto shall be at the expense of the Holder or Holders making
such request.

                                        8

<PAGE>
         (d)  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained herein, if the
Company shall not have filed a registration  statement for the Units, the shares
of Preferred  Stock,  the Preferred  Warrants and the shares of Preferred  Stock
underlying  the Preferred  Warrants  underlying  the  Representative's  Purchase
Options within the time period  specified in Section  7.4(a) hereof  pursuant to
the written  notice  specified in Section 7.3(a) of a Majority of the Holders of
the Representative's  Purchase Options and/or Units underlying same, the Company
agrees that upon the written  notice of election of a Majority of the Holders of
the  Representative's  Purchase  Options and/or Units  underlying  same it shall
repurchase  (i) any and  all  Units  underlying  the  Representative's  Purchase
Options at the  higher of Market  Price per Unit of the Units on (x) the date of
the notice sent pursuant to Section  7.3(a) or (y) the  expiration of the period
specified in Section 7.4(a).  Such repurchase shall be in immediately  available
funds and shall close within two (2) days after the later of (i) the  expiration
of the period  specified  in Section  7.4(a) or (ii) the delivery of the written
notice of election specified in this Section 7.3(d).

          7.4  Covenants  of  the  Company  With  Respect  to  Registration.  In
     connection  with any  registration  under  Section 7.2 or 7.3  hereof,  the
     Company covenants and agrees as follows:

               (a) The Company shall use its best efforts to file a registration
          statement  within  forty-five  (45)  days  of  receipt  of any  demand
          therefor,  shall  use  its  best  efforts  to  have  any  registration
          statement declared effective at the earliest possible

                                        9

<PAGE>
               time,  and shall  furnish  each  Holder  desiring  to sell  Units
          underlying  the  Representative's  Purchase  Options,  such  number of
          prospectuses as shall reasonably be requested.

               (b) The Company shall pay all costs  (excluding fees and expenses
          of Holder(s)  counsel and any  underwriting  or selling  commissions),
          fees and expenses in connection with all registration statements filed
          pursuant  to  Sections  7.2  and  7.3(a)  hereof  including,   without
          limitation,   the  Company's  legal  and  accounting  fees,   printing
          expenses,  and blue sky fees and expenses.  The Holder(s) will pay all
          costs, fees and expenses in connection with any registration statement
          filed pursuant to Section 7.3(c).  If the Company shall fail to comply
          with the provisions of Section 7.4(a),  the Company shall, in addition
          to any other equitable or other relief available to the Holder(s),  be
          liable for any or all incidental,  special and  consequential  damages
          and  damages  due  to  loss  of  profit  sustained  by  the  Holder(s)
          requesting registration of their securities hereunder.

               (c) The  Company  will  take all  necessary  action  which may be
          required in  qualifying  or  registering  the Units  (inclusive of the
          shares of Preferred  Stock,  the Preferred  Warrants and the shares of
          Preferred  Stock  underlying  the Preferred  Warrants)  underlying the
          Representative's Purchase Options included in a registration statement
          for  offering and sale under the  securities  or blue sky laws of such
          states as reasonably are requested by the Holder(s), provided that the
          Company shall not be obligated to execute or file any general  consent
          to service of process or to qualify as a

                                       10

<PAGE>
               foreign  corporation  to do  business  under the laws of any such
          jurisdiction.

               (d) The  Company  shall  indemnify  the  Holder(s)  of the  Units
          underlying same to be sold pursuant to any registration  statement and
          each person,  if any, who controls such Holders  within the meaning of
          Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Securities  Exchange Act
          of 1934, as amended ("Exchange Act"), against all loss, claim, damage,
          expense or liability  (including all expenses  reasonably  incurred in
          investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to
          which any of them may become  subject  under the Act, the Exchange Act
          or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the
          same  extent and with the same  effect as the  provisions  pursuant to
          which the Company has agreed to indemnify the Representative contained
          in Section 7 of the Underwriting Agreement.

               (e) The Holder(s) of the Units  underlying  the  Representative's
          Purchase Options to be sold pursuant to a registration statement,  and
          their  successors  and  assigns,  shall  severally,  and not  jointly,
          indemnify the Company,  its officers and directors and each person, if
          any, who controls the Company  within the meaning of Section 15 of the
          Act or Section  20(a) of the Exchange  Act,  against all loss,  claim,
          damage or expense or  liability  (including  all  expenses  reasonably
          incurred in  investigating,  preparing or defending  against any claim
          whatsoever)  to which  they may  become  subject  under  the Act,  the
          Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on
          behalf of such Holders, or their

                                       11

<PAGE>
               successors   or  assigns,   for   specific   inclusion   in  such
          registration  statement to the same extent and with the same effect as
          the provisions  contained in Section 7 of the  Underwriting  Agreement
          pursuant  to which the  Representative  has  agreed to  indemnify  the
          Company.
  
               (f) Nothing  contained  in this  Agreement  shall be construed as
          requiring the Holder(s) to exercise  their  Representative's  Purchase
          Options prior to the initial filing of any  registration  statement or
          the effectiveness thereof.

               (g) The Company shall not permit the inclusion of any  securities
          other than the Units underlying the Representative's  Purchase Options
          to be included in any registration statement filed pursuant to Section
          7.3 hereof, or permit any other registration statement to be or remain
          effective during the  effectiveness of a registration  statement filed
          pursuant to Section 7.3 hereof,  without the prior written  consent of
          the  Holders  of  the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  and  Units
          underlying same representing a Majority of such securities.
 
               (h) The Company shall furnish to each Holder participating in the
          offering  and to each  underwriter,  if  any,  a  signed  counterpart,
          addressed to such Holder or underwriter,  of (i) an opinion of counsel
          to  the  Company,  dated  the  effective  date  of  such  registration
          statement (and, if such registration  includes an underwritten  public
          offering,  an  opinion  dated  the  date  of  the  closing  under  the
          underwriting  agreement),  and (ii) a "cold comfort"  letter dated the
          effective date of such registration

                                       12

<PAGE>
               statement  (and, if such  registration  includes an  underwritten
          public  offering,  a letter  dated the date of the  closing  under the
          underwriting  agreement) signed by the independent  public accountants
          who  have  issued  a  report  on the  Company's  financial  statements
          included  in  such  registration  statement,  in  each  case  covering
          substantially  the same  matters  with  respect  to such  registration
          statement  (and the prospectus  included  therein) and, in the case of
          such  accountants'  letter,  with respect to events  subsequent to the
          date of such  financial  statements,  as are  customarily  covered  in
          opinions of issuer's counsel and in accountants'  letters delivered to
          underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities.

               (i) The Company shall as soon as practicable  after the effective
          date of the registration statement,  and in any event within 15 months
          thereafter,  have made "generally  available to its security  holders"
          (within the  meaning of Rule 158 under the Act) an earnings  statement
          (which need not be audited)  complying  with Section  11(a) of the Act
          and  covering  a period of at least 12  consecutive  months  beginning
          after the effective date of the registration statement.

               (j)  The   Company   shall   deliver   promptly  to  each  Holder
          participating  in  the  offering  requesting  the  correspondence  and
          memoranda  described below, and the managing  underwriters,  copies of
          all correspondence between the Commission and the Company, its counsel
          or  auditors  and all  memoranda  relating  to  discussions  with  the
          Commission or its staff with respect to the registration

                                       13

<PAGE>
statement and permit each Holder and underwriter to do such investigation,  upon
reasonable advance notice,  with respect to information  contained in or omitted
from the registration  statement as it deems reasonably necessary to comply with
applicable  securities  laws or rules of the National  Association of Securities
Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASD").  Such  investigation  shall  include  access to books,
records and properties and  opportunities to discuss the business of the Company
with its officers and independent auditors, all to such reasonable extent and at
such reasonable times and as often as any such Holder shall reasonably request.

               (k) The Company shall enter into an  underwriting  agreement with
          the managing  underwriters  selected for such  underwriting by Holders
          holding  a  Majority  of the Units  underlying  same  requested  to be
          included in such underwriting. Such agreement shall be satisfactory in
          form and  substance  to the  Company,  each  Holder and such  managing
          underwriters,  and shall contain such representations,  warranties and
          covenants  by the  Company  and such  other  terms as are  customarily
          contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter.

               The  Holders  shall  be  parties  to any  underwriting  agreement
          relating to an  underwritten  sale of their Units  underlying same and
          may, at their  option,  require  that any or all the  representations,
          warranties  and covenants of the Company to or for the benefit of such
          underwriters  shall  also  be made  to and  for  the  benefit  of such
          Holders.   Such   Holders   shall   not  be   required   to  make  any
          representations or warranties to or agreements with the Company or

                                       14

<PAGE>
               the underwriters except as they may relate to such Holders, their
          intended  methods of  distribution,  and except for matters related to
          disclosures with respect to such Holders,  contained or required to be
          contained,  in such registration statement under the Act and the rules
          and regulations thereunder.

               (1) For  purposes  of this  Agreement,  the  term  "Majority"  in
          reference to the Holders of Representative's  Purchase Options,  shall
          mean  in  excess  of  fifty  percent  (50%)  of the  then  outstanding
          Representative's  Purchase Options assuming full exercise thereof that
          (i) are not held by the  Company,  an  affiliate,  officer,  creditor,
          employee  or  agent  thereof  or any of their  respective  affiliates,
          members  of  their   families,   persons  acting  as  nominees  or  in
          conjunction  therewith  or (ii)  have not been  resold  to the  public
          pursuant to Rule 144 under the Act or a registration  statement  filed
          with the Commission under the Act.


                                       15

<PAGE>
         8. Adjustments to Exercise Price and Number of Securities.

               8.1 Intentionally Omitted.

               8.2 Intentionally Omitted.

               8.3 Subdivision and Combination. In case the Company shall at any
          time subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock or
          Common  Stock,  the  Exercise  Price and the  conversion  ratio of the
          Preferred  Stock shall  forthwith be  proportionately  adjusted as set
          forth herein.

               8.4 Adjustment in Number of Securities.  Upon each  adjustment of
          the Exercise  Price  pursuant to the provisions of this Section 8, the
          number of Units underlying the Representative's Purchase Options shall
          be adjusted to the nearest full amount by  multiplying  a number equal
          to the Exercise Price in effect  immediately  prior to such adjustment
          by the number of securities  underlying same issuable upon exercise of
          the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  immediately  prior  to  such
          adjustment  and  dividing  the  product so  obtained  by the  adjusted
          Exercise Price.

               8.5  Definition  of  Common  Stock.   For  the  purpose  of  this
          Agreement,  the term "Common  Stock" shall mean (i) the class of stock
          designated as Common Stock in the Certificate of  Incorporation of the
          Company as amended as of the date  hereof,  or (ii) any other class of
          stock resulting from successive changes or  reclassifications  of such
          Common Stock,  consisting  solely of changes in par value, or from par
          value to no par value, or from no par value to par value. In the event
          that the Company  shall after the date hereof  issue a class of Common
          Stock with greater or

                                       16

<PAGE>
               superior   voting   rights  than  the  shares  of  Common   Stock
          outstanding  as of the date  hereof,  the Holder,  at its option,  may
          receive upon exercise of any Warrant  either shares of Common Stock or
          a like  number of such  securities  with  greater or  superior  voting
          rights.

               8.6 Merger or Consolidation.  In case of any consolidation of the
          Company  with, or merger of the Company with, or merger of the Company
          into, another  corporation (other than a consolidation or merger which
          does not result in any  reclassification  or change of the outstanding
          Common Stock),  the corporation formed by such consolidation or merger
          shall  execute  and  deliver to each  Holder a  supplemental  Purchase
          Option  agreement  providing  that each  Holder  shall  have the right
          thereafter (until the expiration of such Purchase Option Agreement) to
          receive, upon exercise of such Purchase Option, the kind and amount of
          shares of stock and other securities and property receivable upon such
          consolidation  or  merger,  by a holder of the  number of Units of the
          Company  for which such  Purchase  Option  might  have been  exercised
          immediately prior to such  consolidation or merger.  Such supplemental
          Purchase Option agreement shall provide for adjustments which shall be
          identical  to  the  adjustments  provided  in  Section  8.  The  above
          provision  of this  subsection  shall  similarly  apply to  successive
          consolidations or mergers.


                                       17

<PAGE>
               8.7  No  Adjustment  of  Exercise  Price  in  Certain  Cases.  No
          adjustment of the Exercise Price shall be made:

                  (a) Upon the issuance or sale of the Representative's Purchase
         Options  or  the  Units   issuable   upon  the   exercise  of  (i)  the
         Representative's  Purchase  Options,  (ii)  the  options  and  warrants
         outstanding on the date hereof and described in the prospectus relating
         to the Public Offering or (iii) up to an aggregate of 400,000 shares of
         common stock  issuable  upon the exercise of options  granted under the
         Company's 1997 Stock Incentive Plan; or

                  (b) If the  amount of such  adjustment  shall be less than two
         cents  ($.02)  per  share,  provided,  however,  that in such  case any
         adjustment  that would  otherwise be required  then to be made shall be
         carried  forward and shall be made at the time of and together with the
         next  subsequent  adjustment  which,  together  with any  adjustment so
         carried  forward,  shall amount to at least two cents ($.02) per share.

               8.9  Dividends  and Other  Distributions.  In the event  that the
          Company   shall  at  any   time   prior   to  the   exercise   of  all
          Representative's  Purchase  Options  declare a dividend  (other than a
          dividend  consisting  solely of shares of Common  Stock) or  otherwise
          distribute to its stockholders any assets, property, rights, evidences
          of  indebtedness,  securities  (other  than  shares of Common  Stock),
          whether  issued by the  Company or by  another,  or any other thing of
          value,  the  Holders  of  the  unexercised  Representative's  Purchase
          Options shall thereafter be entitled, in addition to the

                                       18

<PAGE>
               shares of Common Stock, Warrants or other securities and property
          receivable upon the exercise thereof, to receive, upon the exercise of
          such  Representative's  Purchase Options,  the same property,  assets,
          rights,  evidences of  indebtedness,  securities or any other thing of
          value  that they would  have been  entitled  to receive at the time of
          such  dividend or  distribution  as if the  Representative's  Purchase
          Options had been  exercised  immediately  prior to the record date for
          such  dividend or  distribution.  At the time of any such  dividend or
          distribution,  the Company shall make  appropriate  reserves to ensure
          the timely performance of the provisions of this subsection 8.9.

     8.10 Reserved.

         9.  Exchange and  Replacement  of Purchase  Option  Certificates.  Each
Purchase Option Certificate is exchangeable without expense,  upon the surrender
thereof  by the  registered  Holder  at the  principal  executive  office of the
Company,  for  a  new  Purchase  Option  Certificate  of  like  tenor  and  date
representing  in the  aggregate  the right to purchase  the same number of Units
underlying  same in such  denominations  as shall be  designated  by the  Holder
thereof at the time of such surrender.

         Upon receipt by the Company of evidence  reasonably  satisfactory to it
of  the  loss,   theft,   destruction  or  mutilation  of  any  Purchase  Option
Certificate,  and,  in case of  loss,  theft or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or
security reasonably  satisfactory to it, and reimbursement to the Company of all
reasonable expenses  incidental thereto,  and upon surrender and cancellation of
the

                                       19

<PAGE>
Representative's  Purchase  Options,  if  mutilated,  the Company  will make and
deliver a new Purchase Option Certificate of like tenor, in lieu thereof.

         10.  Elimination  of  Fractional  Interests.  The Company  shall not be
required  to  issue  certificates   representing  fractions  of  Units,  or  the
securities  underlying same, upon the exercise of the Representative's  Purchase
Options,  nor  shall  it be  required  to  issue  scrip  or pay  cash in lieu of
fractional  interests,  it being the intent of the parties  that all  fractional
interests  shall be  eliminated by rounding any fraction up to the nearest whole
number of Units or other securities, properties or rights.

         11.  Reservation  and Listing of  Securities.  The Company shall at all
times  reserve and keep  available  out of its  authorized  shares of  Preferred
Stock,   solely  for  the  purpose  of  issuance   upon  the   exercise  of  the
Representative's  Purchase Options,  such number of shares of Preferred Stock or
other securities, properties or rights as shall be issuable upon the exercise of
the  Purchase  Options  and the  exercise  of the  Preferred  Warrants  included
therein.  In addition,  the Company  will  reserve for  issuance  such number of
shares of Common  Stock as may issuable  upon the  conversion  of the  Preferred
Stock by the Company  into shares of Common  Stock.  The Company  covenants  and
agrees that, upon exercise of the Representative's  Purchase Options and payment
of the exercise  prices  therefor,  all Units shall be duly and validly  issued,
fully  paid,  non-assessable  and not  subject to the  preemptive  rights of any
stockholder. As long as the

                                       20

<PAGE>
Representative's  Purchase  Options shall be outstanding,  the Company shall use
its best  efforts to cause all  securities  issuable  upon the  exercise  of the
Representative's  Purchase  Options to be listed  (subject to official notice of
issuance) on all securities exchanges on which the Units issued to the public in
connection herewith may then be listed and/or quoted on the Bulletin Board.

         12.  Notices to Purchase  Option  Holders.  Nothing  contained  in this
Agreement shall be construed as conferring upon the Holders the right to vote or
to consent or to receive  notice as a stockholder  in respect of any meetings of
stockholders for the election of directors or any other matter, or as having any
rights  whatsoever as a stockholder  of the Company.  If,  however,  at any time
prior to the  expiration  of the  Representative's  Purchase  Options  and their
exercise, any of the following events shall occur:

                  (a) the  Company  shall  take a record of the  holders  of its
         Units for the  purpose  of  entitling  them to  receive a  dividend  or
         distribution  payable  otherwise  than in cash,  or a cash  dividend or
         distribution   payable  otherwise  than  out  of  current  or  retained
         earnings,  as indicated by the accounting treatment of such dividend or
         distribution on the books of the Company; or

                  (b) the Company shall offer to all the holders of any class of
         its  outstanding  securities any additional  shares of capital stock of
         the Company or securities convertible into or

                                       21

<PAGE>
         exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company, or
         any option, right or warrant to subscribe therefor; or

                  (c) a  dissolution,  liquidation  or winding up of the Company
         (other than in connection with a consolidation  or merger) or a sale of
         all or  substantially  all of its  property  assets and  business as an
         entirety shall be proposed; then, in any one or more of such events the
         Company  shall give written  notice of such event at least fifteen (15)
         days  prior to the date  fixed as a record  date or the date of closing
         the transfer books for the  determination of the stockholders  entitled
         to such dividend, distribution,  convertible or exchangeable securities
         or  subscription   rights,   or  entitled  to  vote  on  such  proposed
         dissolution, liquidation, winding up or sale. Such notice shall specify
         such record date or the date of closing the transfer books, as the case
         may be.  Failure to give such  notice or any defect  therein  shall not
         affect  the  validity  of any  action  taken  in  connection  with  the
         declaration  or payment of any such  dividend,  or the  issuance of any
         convertible or exchangeable securities, or subscription rights, options
         or warrants,  or any proposed dissolution,  liquidation,  winding up or
         sale.  

     13.  Notices.  All  notices  requests,  consents  and other  communications
hereunder  shall be in  writing  and shall be deemed to have been duly made when
delivered, or mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested:

                                       22

<PAGE>
                  (a)  If to  the  registered  Holder  of  the  Representative's
         Purchase  Options,  to the address of such Holder as shown on the books
         of the Company; or

                  (b) If to the Company, to the address set forth in
         Section 3 hereof or to such other address as the Company may
         designate by notice to the Holders.

     14. Supplements and Amendments. The Company and the Representative may from
time to time  supplement  or amend this  Agreement  without the  approval of any
holders of Purchase Option Certificates (other than the Representative) in order
to cure any ambiguity,  to correct or supplement any provision  contained herein
which may be defective or inconsistent with any provisions herein or to make any
other provisions in regard to matters or questions  arising  hereunder which the
Company and the  Representative  may deem  necessary or desirable  and which the
Company and the Representative  deem shall not adversely affect the interests of
the Holders of Purchase Option Certificates. 

     15. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding  upon and inure to the  benefit of the  Company,  the  Holders and their
respective  successors and assigns hereunder.  

     16. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate at the close of business on
, 2004. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indemnification provisions of Section
7 shall survive such termination until the close of business on , 2007.

                                       23

<PAGE>
     17.  Governing  Law:  Submission to  Jurisdiction.  This Agreement and each
Purchase Option  Certificate  issued  hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract
made  under  the laws of the  State of New  York and for all  purposes  shall be
construed in accordance with the laws of such State without giving effect to the
rules of said State governing the conflicts of laws.

     The  Company,  the  Representative  and the Holders  hereby  agree that any
action,  proceeding  or claim  against it arising out of, or relating in any way
to, this  Agreement  shall be brought and enforced in the courts of the State of
New York or of the United  States of America  for the  Southern  District of New
York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction,  which jurisdiction shall be
exclusive.  The Company,  the  Representative and the Holders hereby irrevocably
waive any objection to such exclusive  jurisdiction or inconvenient  forum.  Any
such process or summons to be served upon any of the Company, the Representative
and the Holders (at the option of the party bringing such action,  proceeding or
claim) may be served by transmitting a copy thereof,  by registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address
set forth in Section 3 hereof. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and
shall be legal and binding upon the party so served in any action, proceeding or
claim. The Company, the Representative and the Holders agree that the prevailing
party(ies)  in any such action or  proceeding  shall be entitled to recover from
the other  party(ies)  all of  its/their  reasonable  legal  costs and  expenses
relating to

                                       24

<PAGE>
such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation 
therefor.

     18.  Entire  Agreement:   Modification.   This  Agreement   (including  the
Underwriting  Agreement to the extent  portions  thereof are referred to herein)
contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto with respect to the
subject  matter  hereof and may not be modified  or amended  except by a writing
duly  signed  by the party  against  whom  enforcement  of the  modification  or
amendment is sought.

     19.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement  shall be held to be
invalid or unenforceable,  such invalidity or unenforceability  shall not affect
any other provision of this Agreement.

     20.  Captions.  The caption  headings of the Sections of this Agreement are
for  convenience  of  reference  only and are not  intended,  nor should they be
construed as, a part of this Agreement and shall be given no substantive effect.

     21.  Benefits  or this  Agreement.  Nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  be
construed  to give to any person or  corporation  other than the Company and the
Representative  and  any  other  registered  Holder(s)  of the  Purchase  Option
Certificates or Units  underlying same any legal or equitable  right,  remedy or
claim  under  this  Agreement;  and  this  Agreement  shall  be for the sole and
exclusive benefit of the Company and the  Representative and any other Holder(s)
of the Purchase Option Certificates or securities underlying same.

                                       25

<PAGE>
     22.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may  be  executed  in  any  number  of
counterparts and each of such  counterparts  shall for all purposes be deemed to
be an original,  and such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

     IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  hereto have caused this  Agreement to be
duly executed, as of the day and year first above written.

 [SEAL]                               KIDS STUFF, INC.



                                    By                           
                                       William Miller
                                       President

Attest:



Secretary


                                      FAIRCHILD FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.



                                    By                           
                                      Name:
                                      Title:

                                                        26

<PAGE>
                                                                       EXHIBIT A



                      [FORM OF PURCHASE OPTION CERTIFICATE]



THE  REPRESENTATIVE'S  PURCHASE OPTIONS  REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE AND THE
OTHER  SECURITIES  ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE  THEREOF  MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD
EXCEPT PURSUANT TO (i) AN EFFECTIVE  REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933,  (ii) TO THE  EXTENT  APPLICABLE,  RULE 144 UNDER  SUCH ACT (OR ANY
SIMILAR RULE UNDER SUCH ACT RELATING TO THE DISPOSITION OF SECURITIES), OR (iii)
AN OPINION OF COUNSEL,  IF SUCH  OPINION  SHALL BE  REASONABLY  SATISFACTORY  TO
COUNSEL FOR THE ISSUER,  THAT AN EXEMPTION FROM  REGISTRATION  UNDER SUCH ACT IS
AVAILABLE.

THE TRANSFER OR EXCHANGE OF THE REPRESENTATIVE'S PURCHASE OPTIONS REPRESENTED BY
THIS  CERTIFICATE IS RESTRICTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PURCHASE OPTION AGREEMENT
REFERRED TO HEREIN.

                                             EXERCISABLE ON OR BEFORE
                                    5:30 P.M., NEW YORK TIME             , 2003

No. W-001                           40,000 Representative's Purchase Options




                          PURCHASE OPTION CERTIFICATE


         This Purchase  Option  Certificate  certifies that Fairchild  Financial
Group,  Inc.,  or  registered  assigns,  is  the  registered  holder  of  40,000
Representative's Purchase Options to purchase initially, at any time from , 1999
[one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement] until 5:30 p.m.
New  York  time on , 2003  ("Expiration  Date"),  up to  40,000  fully-paid  and
non-assessable  units (the "Units") comprised of one share of Series 1 Preferred
Stock (the  "Preferred  Stock") and two Preferred Stock Warrants (the "Preferred
Warrants") of Kids Stuff, Inc., a Delaware  corporation (the "Company"),  at the
initial exercise prices,  subject to adjustment in certain events (the "Exercise
Prices"),  of $8.25,  upon  surrender of this Purchase  Option  Certificate  and
payment of the Exercise Price at an office or agency of the Company, but subject
to the conditions set forth herein and in the  Representative's  Purchase Option
Agreement dated as of , 1998 between the Company and Fairchild  Financial Group,
Inc. (the "Representative's Purchase Option Agreement"). Payment of the Exercise
Prices shall be made by

                                        1

<PAGE>
certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House funds payable to the
order of the Company.

         No  Representative's  Purchase Option may be exercised after 5:30 p.m.,
New York  time,  on the  Expiration  Date,  at which  time all  Representative's
Purchase Options evidenced hereby, unless exercised prior thereto,  hereby shall
thereafter be void.

         The Representative's Purchase Options evidenced by this Purchase Option
Certificate  are  part of a duly  authorized  issue  of  Units  pursuant  to the
Representative's   Purchase   Option   Agreement,   which  agreement  is  hereby
incorporated  by reference in and made a part of this  instrument  and is hereby
referred to for a description of the rights, limitation of rights,  obligations,
duties and  immunities  thereunder  of the Company  and the  holders  (the words
"holders" or "holder"  meaning the registered  holders or registered  holder) of
the Representative's Purchase Options.

         The  Representative's  Purchase Option Agreement provides that upon the
occurrence of certain  events the Exercise  Price and/or number of the Company's
securities issuable thereupon may, subject to certain  conditions,  be adjusted.
In such event,  the  Company  will,  at the  request of the holder,  issue a new
Purchase Option Certificate  evidencing the adjustment in the Exercise Price and
the  number  and/or  type  of  securities  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of the
Representative's  Purchase Options;  provided,  however, that the failure of the
Company  to issue such new  Purchase  Option  Certificates  shall not in any way
change,  alter or otherwise impair, the rights of the holder as set forth in the
Representative's Purchase Option Agreement.

         Upon due  presentment  for  registration  of transfer of this  Purchase
Option  Certificate at an office or agency of the Company, a new Purchase Option
Certificate or Purchase Option  Certificates of like tenor and evidencing in the
aggregate a like number of Representative's  Purchase Options shall be issued to
the transferee(s) in exchange for this Purchase Option  Certificate,  subject to
the  limitations  provided  herein and in the  Representative's  Purchase Option
Agreement,  without any charge except for any tax or other  governmental  charge
imposed in connection with such transfer.

         Upon the  exercise  of less than all of the  Representative's  Purchase
Options evidenced by this Certificate,  the Company shall forthwith issue to the
holder  hereof a new Purchase  Option  Certificate  representing  such  numbered
unexercised Representative's Purchase Options.

         The Company may deem and treat the registered  holder(s)  hereof as the
absolute  owner(s) of this  Purchase  Option  Certificate  (notwithstanding  any
notation of ownership or other writing  hereon made by anyone),  for the purpose
of any exercise hereof, and of any

                                        2

<PAGE>
distribution  to the  holder(s)  hereof,  and for all  other  purposes,  and the
Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

         All terms used in this Purchase Option Certificate which are defined in
the Representative's  Purchase Option Agreement shall have the meanings assigned
to them in the Representative's Purchase Option Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  has  caused  this  Purchase  Option
Certificate to be duly executed under its corporate seal.

Dated as of              , 1998


                                                 KIDS STUFF, INC.



[SEAL]                                       By                           
                                             Name:  William Miller
                                             Title: President


Attest:




Secretary


                                        3

<PAGE>
                         [FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE]




     The  undersigned   hereby   irrevocably   elects  to  exercise  the  right,
represented by this Purchase Option  Certificate,  to purchase Units  underlying
the Representative's  Purchase Options, and herewith tenders in payment for such
securities a certified or official bank check payable in New York Clearing House
Funds to the order of Kids Stuff,  Inc.  in the amount of $ , all in  accordance
with the terms hereof.  The  undersigned  requests that a certificates  for such
securities be registered in the name of Fairchild  Financial  Group,  Inc. whose
address is 99 Wall Street, New York, New York 10005 and that such Certificate be
delivered to Fairchild  Financial  Group,  Inc. whose address is 99 Wall Street,
New York, New York 10005.

Dated:

                                                              Signature
                                                              (Signature    must
                                                              conform   in   all
                                                              respects  to  name
                                                              of    holder    as
                                                              specified  on  the
                                                              face     of    the
                                                              Purchase    Option
                                                              Certificate.)




                                                 Insert Social Security or Other
                                                 Identifying Number of Holder)



                         FAIRCHILD FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.



                                                                  Decmber , 1998



Kids Stuff, Inc.
4450 Belden Village Street, N.W.
Suite 406
Canton, Ohio 44718

Attention: Mr. William Miller, President

Dear Mr. Miller:

                  This  letter,  when  executed  by  the  parties  hereto,  will
constitute an agreement  between Kids Stuff,  Inc. (the "Company") and Fairchild
Financial  Group,  Inc.  ("Fairchild")  pursuant to which the Company  agrees to
retain  Fairchild and  Fairchild  agrees to be retained by the Company under the
terms and conditions set forth below.

                  1. The Company hereby retains Fairchild to perform  consulting
services related to corporate finance and other financial services matters,  and
Fairchild  hereby accepts such retention.  In this regard,  subject to the terms
set  forth  below,   Fairchild   shall   furnish  to  the  Company   advice  and
recommendations  with respect to such aspects of the business and affairs of the
Company  as the  Company  shall,  from  time to time,  reasonably  request  upon
reasonable notice.

                  2. As compensation  for the services  described in paragraph 1
above,  the  Company  shall  pay to  Fairchild  a fee  equal to 2% of the  gross
proceeds raised in the public offering for services to be performed for a period
of one year, commencing on July 3, 2000, which fees shall be paid in advance, in
full, on the date hereof. In addition,  the Company will reimburse Fairchild for
any and all reasonable  expenses incurred by Fairchild in the performance of its
duties hereunder,  and Fairchild shall account for such expenses to the Company.
Such  reimbursement  shall  accumulate  and be paid monthly.  Nothing  contained
herein shall prohibit Fairchild from receiving any additional compensation under
paragraphs 3 and 4 herein or otherwise.

                  3. In  addition,  Fairchild  shall hold itself ready to assist
the Company in evaluating and negotiating  particular contracts or transactions,
if requested to do so by the Company, upon reasonable notice, and will undertake
such evaluations and negotiations  upon prior written agreement as to additional
compensation  to be  paid by the  Company  to  Fairchild  with  respect  to such
evaluations  and  negotiations.  Nothing  herein  shall  require  the Company to
utilize Fairchild's services in any particular  transactions nor shall limit the
Company's obligations arising under any other agreement or understanding.


<PAGE>
                  4. The Company and  Fairchild  further  acknowledge  and agree
that Fairchild may act as a finder or financial  consultant in various  business
transactions in which the Company may be involved, such as mergers, acquisitions
or joint  ventures.  The Company hereby agrees that in the event Fairchild shall
introduce to the Company  another party or entity,  and that as a result of such
introduction, a transaction is consummated, the Company shall pay to Fairchild a
fee equal to (i) five  percent (5%) of the first  $1,000,000;  (ii) four percent
(4%) of the second $1,000,000; (iii) three percent (3%) of the third $1,000,000;
and (iv) two percent (2%) of any consideration  over $4,000,000  involved in any
transaction. Such fee shall be paid in cash at and subject to the closing of the
transaction  to which  it  relates,  and  shall be  payable  whether  or not the
transaction  involves  stock,  or a combination of stock and cash, or is made on
the installment sale basis. In addition,  if the Company shall, within 36 months
immediately   following  the  termination  of  this   Agreement,   consummate  a
transaction with any party or entity introduced by Fairchild to the Company, the
Company shall pay to Fairchild a fee with respect to such transaction calculated
in accordance with this paragraph. Nothing herein shall prevent the Company from
utilizing  other  individuals or entities in such capacities nor shall limit the
Company's  obligations  arising under any other agreement or  understanding.  As
used herein,  "Company" shall include any and all subsidiaries and/or affiliates
of the Company.

                  5. All  obligations  of  Fairchild  contained  herein shall be
subject to Fairchild's reasonable availability for such performance,  in view of
the nature of the requested service and the amount of notice received. Fairchild
shall devote such time and effort to the performance of its duties  hereunder as
Fairchild  shall  determine  is  reasonably   necessary  for  such  performance.
Fairchild  may look to such  others  for such  factual  information,  investment
recommendations,  economic advice and/or research, upon which to base its advice
to the  Company  hereunder,  as it shall deem  appropriate.  The  Company  shall
furnish to Fairchild all information relevant to the performance by Fairchild of
its  obligations  under  this  Agreement,  or  particular  projects  as to which
Fairchild  is acting as advisor,  which will permit  Fairchild to know all facts
material  to  the  advice  to be  rendered,  and  all  material  or  information
reasonably  requested  by  Fairchild.  In the event  that the  Company  fails or
refuses to furnish any such  material or  information  reasonably  requested  by
Fairchild,  and thus prevents or impedes Fairchild's performance hereunder,  any
inability  of  Fairchild  to  perform  shall not be a breach of its  obligations
hereunder.

                  6. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or restrict
the right of Fairchild or of any partner,  employee,  agent or representative of
Fairchild, to be a partner, director, officer, employee, agent or representative
of, or to engage in, any other business, whether of a similar nature or not, nor
to limit or restrict the right of  Fairchild  to render  services of any kind to
any other corporation, firm, individual or association.

                  7.  Fairchild   will  hold  in  confidence  any   confidential
information  which the Company provides to Fairchild  pursuant to this Agreement
which is designated  by an  appropriate  stamp or legend as being  confidential.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Fairchild  shall not be  required  to maintain
confidentiality  with respect to information (i) which is or becomes part of the
public  domain not due to the breach of this  agreement  by  Fairchild;  (ii) of
which it had

                                        2

<PAGE>
independent knowledge prior to disclosure; (iii) which comes into the possession
of  Fairchild  in the normal and  routine  course of its own  business  from and
through  independent  non-confidential  sources; or (iv) which is required to be
disclosed by Fairchild by governmental  requirements.  If Fairchild is requested
or required (by oral  questions,  interrogatories,  requests for  information or
document subpoenas, civil investigative demands, or similar process) to disclose
any confidential  information supplied to it by the Company, or the existence of
other  negotiations  in the  course  of its  dealings  with the  Company  or its
representatives,  Fairchild shall, unless prohibited by law, promptly notify the
Company  of such  request(s)  so  that  the  Company  may  seek  an  appropriate
protective order.

                  8.  The  Company   agrees  to  indemnify   and  hold  harmless
Fairchild,  its partners,  employees,  agents,  representatives  and controlling
persons (and the officers,  directors,  employees,  agents,  representatives and
controlling  persons  of each of them)  from  and  against  any and all  losses,
claims,  damages,  liabilities,  costs and  expenses  (and all  actions,  suits,
proceedings  or claims in respect  thereof)  and any legal or other  expenses in
giving testimony or furnishing  documents in response to a subpoena or otherwise
(including,  without  limitation,  the  cost  of  investigating,   preparing  or
defending  any  such  action,  suit,  proceeding  or  claim,  whether  or not in
connection  with any action,  suit,  proceeding or claim in which Fairchild is a
party),  as and when incurred,  directly or indirectly,  caused by, relating to,
based upon or arising out of Fairchild's  service  pursuant to this Agreement so
long as Fairchild shall not have committed an intentional or willful misconduct,
or shall have acted grossly  negligent,  in connection  with the services  which
form the basis of the claim for indemnification. The Company further agrees that
Fairchild  shall incur no liability to the Company or any other party on account
of this  Agreement  or any acts or  omissions  arising  out of or related to the
actions of Fairchild relating to this Agreement or the performance or failure to
perform any services under this Agreement except for Fairchild's  intentional or
wilful  misconduct.  This  paragraph  shall  survive  the  termination  of  this
Agreement.

                  9.  This  Agreement  may  not  be  transferred,   assigned  or
delegated by any of the parties hereto without the prior written  consent of the
other party hereto.

                  10. The failure or neglect of the parties hereto to insist, in
any one or more  instances,  upon the strict  performance of any of the terms or
conditions of this  Agreement,  or their waiver of strict  performance of any of
the terms or conditions of this Agreement, shall not be construed as a waiver or
relinquishment  in the  future of such  term or  condition,  but the same  shall
continue in full force and effect.

                  11. This Agreement is for a term of twelve (12) months and may
not be terminated by the Company.  This Agreement may be terminated by Fairchild
at any time upon 30 days' notice;  provided Fairchild shall repay any portion of
their  fee  which  was not  earned  on the  effective  date of such  termination
($________) multiplied by the number of months paid in advance). Paragraphs 4, 7
and 8 shall survive the expiration or  termination  of this Agreement  under all
circumstances.


                                        3

<PAGE>
                  12. Any notices  hereunder shall be sent to the Company and to
Fairchild at their  respective  addresses  set forth above.  Any notice shall be
given by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be
deemed to have been given when deposited in the United States mail. Either party
may  designate  any other  address  to which  notice  shall be given,  by giving
written  notice to the other of such  change of  address  in the  manner  herein
provided.

                  13. This  Agreement has been made in the State of New York and
shall be construed  and  governed in  accordance  with the laws thereof  without
giving effect to principles governing conflicts of law.

                  14. This Agreement  contains the entire agreement  between the
parties,  may not be altered or  modified,  except in writing  and signed by the
party to be charged  thereby,  and  supersedes  any and all previous  agreements
between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof.

                  15. This Agreement  shall be binding upon the parties  hereto,
the indemnified parties referred to in the Indemnification Provisions, and their
respective heirs, administrators, successors and permitted assigns.

                  If you are in agreement with the foregoing, please execute two
copies of this  letter  in the  space  provided  below  and  return  them to the
undersigned.

Very truly yours,

FAIRCHILD FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.



By: _____________________________
Name:
Title:

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO AS OF
THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN

KIDS STUFF, INC.


By: ___________________________
William Miller, President

                                       4

EXHIBIT 23

                  CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED ACCOUNTANTS


Kids Stuff, Inc.
Canton, OH 44718

   
         As independent  certified public  accountants for Kids Stuff,  Inc., we
hereby  consent  to the use in this  Amendment  No. 2 to Form SB-2  Registration
Statement for Kids Stuff,  Inc. of our report included herein,  which has a date
of February 10, 1998,  relating to the balance sheets of Kids Stuff,  Inc. as of
December  31, 1997 and 1996,  and the related  statements  of  operations,  cash
flows, and stockholders'  equity for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1997 and to the  reference to our firm under the caption  "Experts"
in the Prospectus.
    


                                                            Hausser + Taylor LLP

   
Canton, Ohio
December 2, 1998
    


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission